Document:

Exhibit
4.04

      

      THE RIGHT OF HOLDERS HEREOF TO DIRECT
THE VOTING OF SHARES MAY BE RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS (6) AND
(12) BELOW.

      

      
        	________ 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                No.
      of ADSs:

              	 
	
                Number

              	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	_____________ 	 
	
                 

              	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	 
      	
                Each
      ADS represents

                Three
      (3) Shares

                 

                CUSIP:

                 

              	 

      

      AMERICAN
DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

      

      evidencing

      

      AMERICAN
DEPOSITARY SHARES

      

      representing

      

      ORDINARY
SHARES

      

      of

      

      SHIRE
LIMITED

      

      (Incorporated
under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey)

      

      JPMORGAN
CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the
United States, as depositary hereunder (the "Depositary"), hereby certifies
that             is
the registered owner (a "Holder")
of            
American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"), each (subject to paragraph (13))
representing three ordinary shares (including the rights to receive Shares
described in paragraph (1), "Shares" and, together with any other securities,
cash or property from time to time held by the Depositary in respect or in lieu
of deposited Shares, the "Deposited Securities"), of Shire Limited, a
corporation organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey (the "Company"),
deposited with the Custodian appointed under the Deposit Agreement (subject to
paragraph (15), the "Custodian"), under the Deposit Agreement dated as of
November 21, 2005 (as amended and/or novated from time to time, the "Deposit
Agreement") among the Company, the Depositary and all Holders from time to time
of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder ("ADRs"), each of whom by
accepting an ADR becomes a party thereto.  The Deposit Agreement and
this ADR (which includes the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof) shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York.

      

      (1)  Issuance of
ADRs.  This ADR is one of the ADRs issued under the Deposit
Agreement.  Subject to paragraph (4), the Depositary may so issue ADRs
for delivery at the Transfer Office (defined in paragraph (3)) only against
deposit with the Custodian of:  (a) Shares in form satisfactory to the
Custodian; (b) rights to receive Shares from the Company or any 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          1

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      registrar,
transfer agent, clearing agent or other entity recording Share ownership or
transactions; or, (c) unless requested in writing by the Company to cease doing
so at least two business days in advance of the proposed deposit, other rights
to receive Shares (until such Shares are actually deposited pursuant to (a) or
(b) above, "Pre-released ADRs") only if (i) Pre-released ADRs are fully
collateralized (marked to market daily) with cash or U.S. government securities
held by the Depositary for the benefit of Holders (but such collateral shall not
constitute "Deposited Securities"), (ii) each recipient of Pre-released ADRs
agrees in writing with the Depositary that such recipient (a) owns such Shares,
(b) assigns all beneficial right, title and interest therein to the Depositary
in its capacity as such, (c) holds such Shares for the account of the
Depositary, (d) will deliver such Shares to the Custodian as soon as practicable
and promptly upon demand therefor and (e) will not take any action with respect
to the Pre-released ADS and Shares that is inconsistent with the transfer of the
Depositary's beneficial ownership thereof, and (iii) all Pre-released ADRs
evidence not more than 20% of all ADSs (excluding those evidenced by
Pre-released ADRs), except to the extent that the Depositary (in its sole
discretion) determines that unusual market conditions require the issuance of
Pre-released ADRs in addition to 20% of all such ADSs.  The Depositary
may retain for its own account any earnings on collateral for Pre-released ADRs
and its charges for issuance thereof.  At the request, risk and
expense of the person depositing Shares, the Depositary may accept deposits for
forwarding to the Custodian and may deliver ADRs at a place other than its
office.  Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement
represents and warrants that such Shares are free and clear of any lien,
encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage, pledge or restriction on
transfer, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, nonassessable and free of
pre-emptive rights, that the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to
do and that such Shares (A) are not "restricted securities" as such term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 unless at the time of
deposit they may be freely transferred in accordance with Rule 144 and may
otherwise be offered and sold freely in the United States or (B) have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933.  Such representations and
warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and issuance of
ADRs.  The Depositary will not knowingly accept for deposit under the
Deposit Agreement any Shares required to be registered under the Securities Act
of 1933 and not so registered; the Depositary may refuse to accept for such
deposit any Shares identified by the Company in order to facilitate the
Company's compliance with such Act.

      

      (2)  Withdrawal of Deposited
Securities.  Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), upon surrender
of this ADR in form satisfactory to the Depositary at the Transfer Office, the
Holder hereof is entitled to delivery at the Custodian's office of the Deposited
Securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this
ADR.  At the request, risk and expense of the Holder hereof, the
Depositary may deliver such Deposited Securities at such other place as may have
been requested by the Holder.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Deposit Agreement or this ADR, the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be
restricted only for the reasons set forth in General Instruction I.A.(1) of Form
F-6 (as such instructions may be amended from time to time) under the Securities
Act of 1933.

      

      (3)  Transfers of
ADRs.  The Depositary or its agent will keep, at a designated
transfer office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (the "Transfer
Office"), (a) a register (the "ADR Register") for the registration, registration
of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, which at all reasonable times
will be open for inspection by Holders and the Company for the purpose of
communicating with Holders in the interest of the business of the Company or a

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          2

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      matter
relating to the Deposit Agreement and (b) facilities for the delivery and
receipt of ADRs.  Title to this ADR (and to the Deposited Securities
represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby), when properly endorsed or accompanied
by proper instruments of transfer, is transferable by delivery with the same
effect as in the case of negotiable instruments under the laws of the State of
New York; provided that the
Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the person in
whose name this ADR is registered on the ADR Register as the absolute owner
hereof for all purposes.  Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), this ADR
is transferable on the ADR Register and may be split into other ADRs or combined
with other ADRs into one ADR, evidencing the same number of ADSs evidenced by
this ADR, by the Holder hereof or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of
this ADR at the Transfer Office properly endorsed or accompanied by proper
instruments of transfer and duly stamped as may be required by applicable law;
provided that
the Depositary may close the ADR Register at any time or from time to time when
deemed expedient by it or requested by the Company.

      

      (4)  Certain
Limitations.  Prior to the issue, registration, registration of
transfer, split-up or combination of any ADR, the delivery of any distribution
in respect thereof, or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2), the
withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, and from time to time in the case of
clause (b)(ii) of this paragraph (4), the Company, the Depositary or the
Custodian may require:  (a) payment with respect thereto of (i) any
stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax or other transfer duty or stock transfer or
other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration
fees in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares or other Deposited
Securities upon any applicable register and (iii) any applicable charges as
provided in paragraph (7) of this ADR; (b) the production of proof satisfactory
to it of (i) the identity and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other
information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship,
residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of any securities,
compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing
Deposited Securities and terms of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, as it may
deem necessary or proper; and (c) compliance with such regulations as the
Depositary may establish consistent with the Deposit Agreement.  The
issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of Shares, the registration,
registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or, subject to the
last sentence of paragraph (2), the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be
suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR Register or any
register for Deposited Securities is closed or when any such action is deemed
advisable by the Depositary or the Company.

      

      (5)  Taxes.  If
any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by or on behalf of the
Custodian or the Depositary with respect to this ADR, any Deposited Securities
represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby or any distribution thereon, such tax
or other governmental charge shall be paid by the Holder hereof to the
Depositary and neither the Company nor the Depositary shall have any liability
therefore.  The Depositary may refuse to effect any registration,
registration of transfer, split-up or combination hereof or, subject to the last
sentence of paragraph (2), any withdrawal of such Deposited Securities until
such payment is made.  The Depositary may also deduct from any
distributions on or in respect of Deposited Securities, or may sell by public or
private sale for the account of the Holder hereof any part or all of such
Deposited Securities (after attempting by reasonable means to notify the Holder
hereof prior to such sale), and may apply such deduction or the proceeds of any
such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge, the Holder hereof
remaining liable for any deficiency, and shall reduce the number of ADSs
evidenced hereby to reflect any such sales of Deposited
Securities.  In 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          3

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      connection
with any distribution to Holders, the Company will remit to the appropriate
governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld
and owing to such authority or agency by the Company; and the Depositary and the
Custodian will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all
amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency
by the Depositary or the Custodian.  If the Depositary determines that
any distribution in property other than cash (including Shares or rights) on
Deposited Securities is subject to any tax that the Depositary or the Custodian
is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such
property in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary
and practicable to pay such taxes, by public or private sale, and the Depositary
shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such
property after deduction of such taxes to the Holders entitled
thereto.

      

      (6) Disclosure of
Interests.  To the
extent that the provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities or to which
such Deposited Securities are otherwise subject may require disclosure of or
impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of Deposited Securities, other
Shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or
other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, Holders and all persons
holding ADRs agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership
limitations and to comply with any reasonable Company instructions in respect
thereof and co-operate with the Depositary in the Depositary's compliance with
any Company instructions in respect thereof.

         

        The
Company reserves the right to instruct Holders to deliver their ADSs for
cancellation and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities so as to permit the
Company to deal directly with the Holder thereof as a holder of Shares and
Holders agree to comply with such instructions.   The Depositary
agrees to cooperate with the Company in its efforts to inform Holders of the
Company's exercise of its rights under this paragraph and agrees to consult
with, and provide reasonable assistance without risk, liability or expense on
the part of the Depositary, to the Company on the manner or manners in which it
may enforce such rights with respect to any Holder.

         

        Notwithstanding
any provision of the Deposit Agreement or of this ADR and without limiting the
foregoing, by being a Holder of an ADR, each such Holder agrees to provide such
information to the Company as the Company may request in a disclosure notice (a
“Disclosure Notice”) given pursuant to the Articles of Association of the
Company. In addition, by accepting or holding this ADR, each Holder acknowledges
that it understands that failure to comply with a Disclosure Notice may result
in the imposition of sanctions against the holder of the Shares in respect of
which the non-complying person is or was, or appears to be or has been,
interested as provided in the Articles of Association which may include, the
withdrawal of the voting rights of such Shares and the imposition of
restrictions on the rights to receive dividends on and to transfer such Shares.
In   addition, by accepting or holding this ADR each Holder agrees to
comply with the applicable provisions with regard to the notification to the
Company of interests in Shares. Holders are advised that the failure by a Holder
to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (6) which leads to the
imposition of sanctions with respect to the Shares held by or on behalf of the
Depositary may result in voting by all Holders being restricted until such time
as the Holder has complied with the requirements hereof.  The
Depositary shall not be liable or otherwise responsible for compliance by
Holders with the requirements hereof.

         

      

      (7)  Charges of
Depositary.  The Depositary may charge each person to whom ADRs
are issued against deposits of Shares, including deposits in respect of Share
Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions (as such terms are defined in
paragraph (10)), and each person surrendering ADRs for withdrawal of Deposited
Securities, U.S. $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the
ADRs delivered or surrendered.  The Depositary may sell (by public or
private 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          4

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      sale)
sufficient securities and property received in respect of Share Distributions,
Rights and Other Distributions prior to such deposit to pay such
charge.  The Company will pay all other charges and expenses of the
Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to
agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except (i)
stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable
by Holders or persons depositing Shares), (ii) cable, telex and facsimile
transmission and delivery charges incurred at the request of persons depositing,
or Holders delivering Shares, ADRs or Deposited Securities (which are payable by
such persons or Holders), (iii) transfer or registration fees for the
registration of transfer of Deposited Securities on any applicable register in
connection with the deposit or withdrawal of Deposited Securities (which are
payable by persons depositing Shares or Holders withdrawing Deposited
Securities; there are no such fees in respect of the Shares as of the date of
the Deposit Agreement) and (iv) expenses of the Depositary in connection with
the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars (which are paid out of such
foreign currency).  These charges may be changed in the manner
indicated in paragraph (16).

      

      (8)  Available
Information.  The Deposit Agreement, the provisions of or
governing Deposited Securities and any written communications from the Company,
which are both received by the Custodian or its nominee as a holder of Deposited
Securities and made generally available to the holders of Deposited Securities,
are available for inspection by Holders at the offices of the Depositary and the
Custodian and at the Transfer Office.  The Depositary will mail copies
of such communications (or English translations or summaries thereof) to Holders
if and when furnished by the Company.  The Company is subject to the
periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
accordingly files certain reports with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission").  Such reports and other information may
be inspected and copied at public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission located at the date hereof at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549.

      

      (9)  Execution.  This
ADR shall not be valid for any purpose unless executed by the Depositary by the
manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the
Depositary.

      Dated:

      

      
        	 
      	
                JPMORGAN
      CHASE BANK, N.A., as Depositary

              
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	 
      
	 
      	
                By

              	
                ....................................................

              
	 
      	 
      	
                Authorized
      Officer

              

      

      

      The
Depositary's office is located at 4 New York Plaza, New York, New York
10004.

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          5

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      

      [FORM OF
REVERSE OF ADR]

      

      (10)  Distributions on Deposited
Securities.  Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), to the extent
practicable, the Depositary will distribute by mail to each Holder entitled
thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such Holder's
address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of Deposited
Securities (on which the following distributions on Deposited Securities are
received by the Custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder's ADRs
and, in each case, without unreasonable delay:

      

      (a) Cash:  Any
U.S. dollars available to the Depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other
cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or
portion thereof authorized in this paragraph (10) ("Cash"), on an averaged or
other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes
withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with
respect to certain Holders, and (iii) deduction of the Depositary's expenses in
(1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars by sale or in such other
manner as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that
such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign
currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the Depositary
may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on
a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental
authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a
reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public
or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.  If the
Depositary determines in its reasonable judgment that such foreign currency is
not convertible, in whole or in part, on a reasonable basis into U.S. dollars
transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license which is
required for such conversion is denied or in the opinion of the Depositary, is
not obtainable or is not obtained within a reasonable period or at a reasonable
cost, the Depositary may distribute all or part of the foreign currency (or an
appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such foreign currency) to,
or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without
liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Holders
entitled thereto.  All expenses of any such conversion shall be
deducted from the proceeds thereof.

      

      On the
date in which the Company shall pay any cash dividend to its holders of Shares
or other Deposited Securities, the Company may convert or cause to be converted,
in a commercially reasonable manner, such foreign currency into U.S. dollars and
distribute the same to the Depositary for distribution to Holders.  No
deductions shall be made by the Company from the proceeds of such conversion;
provided that actual and customary commissions paid by the Company on account of
such conversion shall not be considered a deduction by the
Company.  If such conversion or distribution generally or with regard
to any particular Holder can be effected only with the approval or license of
any government or agency thereof, the Company shall have discretion and
authority to file such application for approval or license, if any, as it may
deem desirable.

      

      (b) Shares.  (i)
Additional ADRs evidencing whole ADSs representing any Shares available to the
Depositary resulting from a dividend or free distribution on Deposited
Securities consisting of Shares (a "Share Distribution") and (ii) U.S. dollars
available to it resulting from the net proceeds of sales of Shares received in a
Share Distribution, which Shares would give rise to 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      fractional
ADSs if additional ADRs were issued therefor, as in the case of
Cash.

      

      (c) Rights.  (i)
Warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing
rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for
additional Shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a
result of a distribution on Deposited Securities ("Rights"), to the extent that
the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the
Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has
no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the Company
does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any U.S.
dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as
in the case of Cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such
evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the
nontransferability of the Rights, whether by their terms, pursuant to applicable
law or otherwise, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise,
nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

      

      (d) Other
Distributions.  (i) Securities or property available to the
Depositary resulting from any distribution on Deposited Securities other than
Cash, Share Distributions and Rights  ("Other Distributions"), by any
means that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable, or (ii) to the
extent the Depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to
be equitable and practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary from
the net proceeds of sales of Other Distributions as in the case of
Cash.  Before effecting any such sale of a Share Distribution, Rights
or Other Distribution, the Depositary will provide notice to the Company of its
intended action.  Such U.S. dollars available will be distributed by
checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents (any
fractional cents being withheld without liability for interest and dealt with by
the Depositary in accordance with its then current practices).

      

      (11)  Record
Dates.  The Depositary may, after consultation with the
Company, if practicable, fix a record date (which shall be as near as
practicable to any corresponding record date set by the Company) for the
determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive any distribution
on or in respect of Deposited Securities, to give instructions for the exercise
of any voting rights, to receive any notice or to act in respect of other
matters and only such Holders shall be so entitled.

      

      (12)  Voting of Deposited
Securities.  As soon as practicable after receipt from the
Company of notice of any meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies of
holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix a
record date in accordance with paragraph (11) hereof and, unless otherwise
requested in writing by the Company in order to comply with applicable law, mail
to Holders a notice stating (a) such information as is contained in such notice
and any solicitation materials, (b) that each Holder on the record date set by
the Depositary therefor will be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the
exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the Deposited Securities
represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Holder's ADRs and (c) the manner in
which such instructions may be given, including instructions to give a
discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company subject to any
applicable provisions of the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey and the Memorandum
and Articles of Association of the Company and the provisions of or governing
Deposited Securities.  Upon receipt of instructions of a Holder on
such record date in the manner and on or before the date established by the

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          7

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      Depositary
for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor insofar as practicable and
permitted under the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities to vote or
cause to be voted (or to grant a discretionary proxy to a person designated by
the Company to vote) the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced
by such Holder's ADRs in accordance with such instructions.  The
Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any
Deposited Security.  Subject to the provisions of the next succeeding
paragraph, to the extent such instructions are not so received by the Depositary
from any Holder, the Holder shall be deemed to have instructed the Depositary to
give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote the
Deposited Securities represented by ADSs as to which the Depositary has not
received instructions from the Holders, provided that no such
instruction shall be deemed to be given and no discretionary proxy shall be
given with respect to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company
agrees to provide such information promptly in writing) that the Company does
not wish such proxy given.

      

      Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the preceding paragraph, the Depositary
shall not be obligated to give any such discretionary proxy and the Holders
shall not have been deemed to have so instructed the Depositary unless and until
the Depositary has been provided with an opinion of counsel to the Company,
which may be given at the time of entering into the Deposit Agreement,
satisfactory to the Depositary (which may be internal counsel), in form and
substance satisfactory to the Depositary, substantially to the effect that (i)
the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the Depositary to any
additional disclosure obligations related to interests in shares under the
Companies Act or the listing rules of the London Stock Exchange except for any
required notification to the Company pursuant to Part VI of the Companies Act,
(ii) the granting of such proxy does not result in a breach of the Companies Act
or the listing rules of the London Stock Exchange and (iii) the Depositary or
the Custodian, or the nominee of any of them, whichever is the registered holder
entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Company in respect of such
Shares, has the right to appoint the proxy to attend and vote instead of
him.   The Company undertakes to inform the Depositary of any
substantial change in law which would subject the Depositary to disclosure
obligations under the Companies Act or listing rules of the London Stock
Exchange (other than said Part VI of the Companies Act) to which the Depositary,
the Custodian or the nominee of any of them would not otherwise be subject but
for the grant of such discretionary proxy.

      

      (13)  Changes Affecting Deposited
Securities.  Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), the Depositary
may, in its discretion, and after consultation with the Company if practicable,
amend this ADR or distribute additional or amended ADRs (with or without calling
this ADR for exchange) or cash, securities or property on the record date set by
the Depositary therefor to reflect any change in par value, split-up,
consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of Deposited Securities,
any Share Distribution or Other Distribution not distributed to Holders or
any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of
Deposited Securities from (and the Depositary is hereby authorized to surrender
any Deposited Securities to any person and to sell by public or private sale any
property received in connection with) any recapitalization, reorganization,
merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or
substantially all the assets of the Company, and to the extent the Depositary
does not so amend this ADR or make a distribution to Holders to reflect any of
the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof, whatever cash, securities or
property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute Deposited Securities
and each ADS evidenced by this ADR

       

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          8

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      shall
automatically represent its pro rata interest in the Deposited Securities as
then constituted.

      

      (14)  Exoneration.  Without
limiting Section 16 of the Deposit Agreement as between the Company and the
Depositary, the Depositary, the Company, their respective officers, directors,
employees and agents and each of them shall: (a) incur no liability (i) if any
present or future law, regulation, the provisions of or governing any Deposited
Securities, act of God, war or other circumstance beyond its control shall
prevent, delay or subject to any civil or criminal penalty any act which the
Deposit Agreement or this ADR provides shall be done or performed by it, or (ii)
by reason of any exercise or failure to exercise any discretion given it in the
Deposit Agreement or this ADR; (b) assume no obligation nor shall any of them be
subject to any liability to any Holders or beneficial owners of ADSs or any
other person except to perform its obligations to the extent they are
specifically set forth in this ADR and the Deposit Agreement without gross
negligence or bad faith; (c) in the case of the Depositary and its agents, be
under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other
proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or this ADR; or (d) in the
case of the Company and its agents hereunder be under no obligation to appear
in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any
Deposited Securities or this ADR, which in its opinion may involve it in expense
or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense (including
fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability be furnished as often as may be
required; or (e) not be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon
the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person
presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder, or any other person believed by it to
be competent to give such advice or information.  The Depositary and
the Company, their respective agents and their respective directors, officers
and employees acting hereunder may rely and shall be protected in acting upon
any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by them to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties.  The Depositary and its agents will not be responsible for
any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited
Securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of
any such vote.  The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any
class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in
ADRs.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary and its
agents under certain circumstances and the Depositary has agreed to indemnify
the Company under certain circumstances. No disclaimer of liability under the
Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision hereof.

      

      (15)  Resignation and Removal of
Depositary; the Custodian. The Depositary may resign as Depositary by
written notice of its election to do so delivered to the Company, or be removed
as Depositary by the Company by written notice of such removal delivered to the
Depositary; such resignation or removal shall take effect upon the appointment
of and acceptance by a successor depositary.  The Depositary may
appoint substitute or additional Custodians and the term "Custodian" refers to
each Custodian or all Custodians as the context requires.

      

      (16)  Amendment.  Subject
to the last sentence of paragraph (2), the ADRs and the Deposit Agreement may be
amended by the Company and the Depositary, provided that any
amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock
transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration
fees for the registration of transfer of Deposited Securities on any applicable
register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of Deposited Securities,
cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such
expenses), or that shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of
Holders, shall become effective 30 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          9

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      days after
notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Holders.  Every
Holder of an ADR at the time any amendment to the Deposit Agreement so becomes
effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADR, to consent and agree
to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended
thereby.  In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the
Holder of any ADR to surrender such ADR and receive the Deposited Securities
represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of
applicable law.  The parties hereto agree that any amendments or
supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by the Company and the
Depositary) in order for (a) the ADSs to be registered on Form F-6 under the
Securities Act of 1933 or (b) the ADSs or Shares to be traded solely in
electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or
increase any fees or charges to be borne by Holders, shall be deemed not to
prejudice any substantial rights of Holders. In no event shall any amendment or
supplement impair the right of the Holder to surrender such ADR and receive
therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby except in order to comply
with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
any governmental body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would
require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement or the form of ADR to
ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or
supplement the Deposit Agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such
changed rules. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such
circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or
supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required
for compliance.

      

      (17)  Termination.  The
Depositary  shall at the written direction of the Company, terminate
the Deposit Agreement and this ADR by mailing notice of such termination to the
Holders at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such
termination.  The Depositary may terminate the Deposit Agreement by
giving the notice set forth in the preceding sentence of this paragraph (17) at
any time after 60 days has elapsed after the Depositary shall have resigned
hereunder, provided that no successor depositary shall have been appointed and
accepted its appointment hereunder before the end of such 60
days.  After the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary and its
agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR,
except to advise Holders of such termination, receive and hold (or sell)
distributions on Deposited Securities and deliver Deposited Securities being
withdrawn.  As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months
from the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary shall sell the Deposited
Securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in a
segregated account the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash
then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, in
trust for the pro rata benefit of the
Holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered.  After making such sale,
the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the
Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except to account for such net proceeds and
other cash.  After the date so fixed for termination, the Company
shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for
its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

       

       

       

      
        10Exhibit
10.01

     

     

    CONFORMED
COPY

     

    Dated 15 April
2008

     

    

     

    

     

    SHIRE
PLC

     

    and

     

    SHIRE
LIMITED

     

    and

     

    BARCLAYS
BANK PLC

    as Facility
Agent

     

    

     

    

     

    

    ACCESSION
AND AMENDMENT DEED

     

    relating to a
Facility Agreement dated 20 February 2007

    (as amended by a
syndication and amendment agreement dated 19 July 2007)

     

    

     

    

     

    

     

    

    Slaughter
and May

    One Bunhill
Row

    London EC1Y
8YY

    (REL/RMYJ)

    CF080670024

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    THIS DEED is dated 15 April
2008 and made between:

     

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              SHIRE PLC, a
      company incorporated in
      England and Wales under the Companies Act 1985 with registered number
      05492592 (the “Company” and the “Original
      Guarantor”);

            

    

     

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              SHIRE LIMITED, a
      company incorporated in
      Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 99854
      (“New
      Shire”);

            

    

     

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              SHIRE HOLDINGS UK
      LIMITED, a company incorporated in
      England and Wales under the Companies Act 1985 with registered number
      04666500 (“SHUK”);

            

    

     

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              THE SUBSIDIARIES of the
      Company listed in Schedule 1 (The
      Borrowers)  (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”);
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              BARCLAYS BANK PLC as
      facility agent of the other Finance Parties (in this capacity, the “Facility
      Agent”).

            

    

     

    RECITALS:

     

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              The Borrowers,
      the Original Guarantor, the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties
      named therein are party to the Facility Agreement, pursuant to which the
      Revolving Lenders named therein make a US$1,200,000,000 Revolving Facility
      available to the Borrowers (all other Facilities available under the
      Facility Agreement having been previously repaid and
      cancelled).

            

    

     

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              New Shire is
      currently a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, but will, pursuant to
      the 2008 Newco Scheme, be interposed between the Company and its then
      shareholders so as to become the new ultimate holding company of the
      Group.  SHUK is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              This Deed
      provides that, at the Effective Time, New Shire will accede to the
      Facility Agreement as an Additional Borrower and an Additional Guarantor,
      SHUK will accede to the Facility Agreement as an Additional Borrower, the
      Original Guarantor will resign from the Facility Agreement as a Guarantor
      and the Facility Agreement will be amended in accordance with the terms
      hereof.

            

    

     

    
      	
              (D)

            	
              The Facility
      Agent, the other Finance Parties and the Obligors have agreed to amend the
      Facility Agreement and to consent to certain other arrangements as more
      particularly described in this
Deed.

            

    

     

    THIS DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS
DECLARED as follows:

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              DEFINITIONS
      AND INTERPRETATION

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              Definitions

            

    

     

    In this
Deed:

     

    “2008 Newco Scheme” means the
scheme of arrangement under sections 895 to 899 of the Companies Act 2006
between the Company and its shareholders which will effect the

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
        

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    interposition of New
Shire between the Company and its shareholders, including any modification,
addition or condition approved by the High Court, details of which will be set
out in the Scheme Circular;

     

    “Amended Agreement” means the
Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Deed;

     

    “Effective” means, in the
context of the 2008 Newco Scheme, the 2008 Newco Scheme having become effective
in accordance with its terms;

     

    “Effective Time” means, subject
to Clause 2 (Conditions
Precedent), immediately prior to the time at which the 2008 Newco Scheme
becomes Effective;

     

    “Facility Agreement” means the
Multicurrency Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement dated 20 February 2007 (as
amended and restated pursuant to a syndication and amendment agreement dated 19
July 2007, and as amended from time to time) between the Borrowers, the Original
Guarantor, the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties named therein;
and

     

    “Scheme Circular” means a
circular dispatched by the Company to its shareholders setting out the full
terms and conditions of the 2008 Newco Scheme and convening an extraordinary
general meeting of its shareholders and a court meeting to approve the 2008
Newco Scheme substantially in the form of the draft provided by the Company to
the Facility Agent prior to the date of this Deed with such amendments or
modifications thereto as may be required by the High Court or which otherwise
could not reasonably be expected to be materially prejudicial to the interests
of the Lenders.

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              Incorporation of defined terms
      and construction

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              Unless a
      contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Facility Agreement has
      the same meaning in this Deed.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              The principles
      of construction set out in the Facility Agreement shall have effect as if
      set out in this Deed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.3

            	
              Clauses

            

    

     

    In this Deed any
reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is, unless the context otherwise
requires, a reference to a Clause of or a Schedule to this Deed.

     

    
      	
              1.4

            	
              Third party
      rights

            

    

     

    A person who is not
a party to this Deed has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties)
Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this
Deed.

     

    
      	
              1.5

            	
              Designation

            

    

     

    In accordance with
the Facility Agreement, each of the Company and the Facility Agent designates
this Deed as a Finance Document.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        2

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              CONDITIONS
      PRECEDENT

            

    

     

    The provisions of
Clauses 4 (Accession and
Resignation) and 5 (Amendment and Restatement)
shall be effective only if, prior to the Effective Time, the Facility Agent has
received all the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form
and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.  The Facility Agent
shall notify the Company, New Shire and the Lenders promptly upon being so
satisfied.

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              REPRESENTATIONS

            

    

     

    Without prejudice to
Clause 25.17 (Repetition) of the Facility
Agreement:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              at the
      Effective Time, both New Shire and SHUK shall make (by reference to the
      facts and circumstances then existing) the Repeating Representations and,
      further, shall represent and warrant to the Finance Parties that no
      Default is continuing which has not been remedied or otherwise waived by
      the Finance Parties and that no Default or Event of Default will occur as
      a result of the parties entering into this Deed;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              on the date of
      this Deed and at the Effective Time, each Obligor shall be deemed to make
      (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) the Repeating
      Representations and, further, shall represent and warrant to the Finance
      Parties that no Default is continuing which has not been remedied or
      otherwise waived by the Finance Parties and that no Default or Event of
      Default will occur as a result of the parties entering into this
      Deed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              ACCESSION
      AND RESIGNATION

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.1

            	
              Accession of New
      Shire

            

    

     

    At the Effective
Time, New Shire shall (without any further procedural or documentary
requirement) accede to the Facility Agreement as an Additional Borrower and an
Additional Guarantor.  New Shire hereby agrees to become an Additional
Borrower and an Additional Guarantor and covenants that, on and from the
Effective Time, it will comply with, perform, observe and be bound by all the
provisions of the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, the
guarantee and indemnity obligations set out in Clause 24 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of
the Facility Agreement) which are expressed to be binding on it.

     

    
      	
              4.2

            	
              Accession of
      SHUK

            

    

     

    At the Effective
Time, SHUK shall (without any further procedural or documentary requirement)
accede to the Facility Agreement as an Additional Borrower.  SHUK
hereby agrees to become an Additional Borrower and covenants that, on and from
the Effective Time, it will comply with, perform, observe and be bound by all
the provisions of the Finance Documents which are expressed to be binding on
it.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        3

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              4.3

            	
              Resignation of Original
      Guarantor

            

    

     

    At the Effective
Time, the Original Guarantor shall (without any further procedural or
documentary requirement) resign from the Facility Agreement as Original
Guarantor, and shall cease to be a party to the Facility Agreement in such
capacity.  For the avoidance of doubt, such resignation shall not
affect any of the Original Guarantor’s rights or obligations to the extent that
they arise prior to the Effective Time.

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              AMENDMENT
      AND RESTATEMENT

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.1

            	
              Amendment and
      restatement

            

    

     

    With effect from the
Effective Time, and without prejudice to any Party’s rights or obligations to
the extent that they arise prior to the Effective Time, the Facility Agreement
shall be amended and restated as set out in Schedule 3 (Amended and Restated Facility
Agreement).

     

    
      	
              5.2

            	
              Continuing
      obligations

            

    

     

    The provisions of
the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall, save as amended by
this Deed, continue in full force and effect.

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              EFFECTIVE
      TIME, 2008 NEWCO SCHEME AND RELATED
MATTERS

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              Effective Time and related
  matters

            

    

     

    New Shire shall
promptly inform the Facility Agent of the occurrence of the Effective Time and,
in addition, shall:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              immediately
      after the 2008 Newco Scheme becomes Effective, provide the Facility Agent
      with a certificate signed by an authorised signatory of New Shire
      confirming that, as a result of the 2008 Newco Scheme becoming Effective,
      New Shire has become the holding company of the
  Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              immediately
      after the 2008 Newco Scheme becomes Effective, provide the Facility Agent
      with a copy of the order of the High Court of England and Wales
      sanctioning the 2008 Newco Scheme and confirming the capital reduction of
      the Company occurring as a result of the cancellation of the Company’s
      existing ordinary shares, together with written evidence that such order
      has been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in
      accordance with section 138 of the Companies Act 1985 and section 899(4)
      of the Companies Act 2006; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              immediately
      after the reduction of the share capital of New Shire (as outlined in the
      Scheme Circular) becomes effective, provide the Facility Agent with a copy
      of the order of the Royal Court of Jersey sanctioning the capital
      reduction of New Shire, together with written evidence that such order has
      been delivered to  the Registrar of Companies in Jersey in
      accordance with article 64 of the Companies (Jersey) Law
    1991.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        4

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              Information

            

    

     

    The Company
shall:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              promptly
      provide the Facility Agent with such information as the Facility Agent may
      reasonably request regarding the 2008 Newco Scheme and the Scheme
      Circular; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              promptly
      deliver to the Facility Agent copies of draft and final versions of the
      Scheme Circular and any other documents with respect to the 2008 Newco
      Scheme which might reasonably be expected to be material to the interests
      of the Finance Parties in each case except to the extent it is prohibited
      by law or regulation from doing so.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              2008
      Newco Scheme and
      related matters

            

    

     

    Subject to the terms
of this Deed and the Facility Agreement, the Facility Agent hereby agrees, on
behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties, to provide (at the cost and
expense of the Obligors) such reasonable co-operation as the Company and New
Shire may reasonably request in relation to the implementation of the 2008 Newco
Scheme and related matters, including, without limitation, consenting to any
capital reduction to be undertaken by New Shire.

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              FEES,
      COSTS AND EXPENSES

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.1

            	
              Transaction
      expenses

            

    

     

    The Company shall
promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses
(including legal fees, subject to any cap agreed separately between the Company
and the Facility Agent) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the
negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Deed and any other
documents referred to in this Deed.

     

    
      	
              7.2

            	
              Enforcement
      costs

            

    

     

    The Company shall,
within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of
all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in
connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under,
this Deed.

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              CONSENTS
      AND WAIVERS

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.1

            	
              Consent and
      waiver

            

    

     

    The Facility Agent
hereby confirms that:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              in executing
      this Deed, it is acting on behalf of each Finance Party which is party to
      the Facility Agreement; and

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        5

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              in accordance
      with Clause 41 (Amendments and Waivers)
      of the Facility Agreement (and, in particular, Clause 41.2 (Exceptions) thereof),
      each Lender has:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              consented,
      pursuant to sub-clause 41.1.2 of Clause 41.1 (Required consents) of
      the Facility Agreement, to the execution by the Facility Agent of this
      Deed on its behalf;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              consented to
      the accession of New Shire to the Facility Agreement as  an
      Additional Borrower and an Additional Guarantor, the accession of SHUK to
      the Facility Agreement as an Additional Borrower and the resignation of
      the Original Guarantor from the Facility Agreement as Original Guarantor
      in each case on the terms set out in this Deed;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              waived the
      requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of Clause 31.2.1 (Additional Borrowers),
      paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 31.4.1 (Additional Guarantors)
      and Clause 31.6.1 (Resignation of a
      Guarantor) of the Facility Agreement for the purposes of this Deed
      (except to the extent such requirements are replicated in this
      Deed).

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.2

            	
              Further
      assurance

            

    

     

    Each Obligor shall,
at the request of the Facility Agent and at its own expense, do all such acts
and things necessary or desirable to give effect to this Deed.

     

    
      	
              9.

            	
              MISCELLANEOUS

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.1

            	
              Incorporation of
      terms

            

    

     

    The provisions of
Clause 37 (Notices),
Clause 39 (Partial
Invalidity), Clause 40 (Remedies and Waivers) and
Clause 44 (Enforcement)
of the Facility Agreement shall be incorporated, mutatis mutandis, into this
Deed as if set out in full in this Deed and as if references in those clauses to
“this Agreement” or “the Finance Documents” are references to this
Deed.

     

    
      	
              9.2

            	
              Notice
      details

            

    

     

    For the purposes of
this Deed, the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents:

     

    
      	
            	
              (A)

            	
              New Shire’s
      notice details are as follows:

            

    

     

    Shire
Limited

    5
Riverwalk

    City West Business
Campus

    Dublin
24

    Republic of
Ireland

     

    
      	
            	
              Contact: 

            	
              Group
      Treasurer (copy to Legal
Department)

            

    

    
       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +353 1 429
      7701

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  (B)

                	
                  SHUK’s notice
      details are as follows:

                

        

         

        Shire
Holdings UK Limited

      

    

    Hampshire
International Business Park

    Chineham

    Basingstoke

    Hampshire RG24
8ED

    United
Kingdom

    
       

      
        	
              	
                Contact: 

              	
                Group
      Treasurer (copy to Legal
Department)

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  Facsimile:

                	
                  +44 (0)1256
      894713

                

        

        
                                  

        

      

    

    
      	
              9.3

            	
              Counterparts

            

    

     

    This Deed may be
executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the
signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              GOVERNING
      LAW

            

    

     

    This Deed is
governed by English law.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        7

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    

     

    SCHEDULE
1

    THE
BORROWERS

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Borrower

            	 	
              Registration
      number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Country/state
      of incorporation

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Group Limited

            	 	
              02883758

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Global
      Finance Limited

            	 	
              05418960

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      Europe Limited

            	 	
              03158354

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited

            	 	 
    	 	
              The Republic
      of Ireland

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      US AG

            	 	 
    	 	
              The State of
      Delaware

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      LLC

            	 	 
    	 	
              The
      Commonwealth of Kentucky

            

    

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        8

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
2

    CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Obligors, New Shire and
      SHUK

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              A certificate
      of an authorised signatory of each Obligor, New Shire and
      SHUK:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              certifying
      that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Revolving
      Facility Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or
      similar limit binding on it to be
exceeded;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              either:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (x)

            	
              certifying
      that the copies of its constitutional documents and its latest financial
      statements which have been previously provided to the Facility Agent in
      connection with the Facility Agreement are correct, complete and in full
      force and effect; or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (y)

            	
              attaching
      copies of its constitutional documents and its latest audited financial
      statements (if available) and certifying that such documents are correct,
      complete and in full force and effect;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              certifying
      that each copy document relating to it which is listed in this Schedule 2
      (Conditions
      Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at
      a date no earlier than the date of this
Deed.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              A copy of a
      resolution of the board of directors (or a duly appointed committee of the
      board of directors) of each Obligor, New Shire and
  SHUK:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              approving the
      terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed and the Finance
      Documents and resolving that it execute this
  Deed;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons to execute this Deed on its behalf;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all
      other documents and notices (including any Utilisation Request) to be
      signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
      Documents,

            

    

     

    together with a copy
of any power of attorney granted in favour of any person pursuant to such
resolutions.

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              A specimen of
      the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in
      paragraph (ii) above (to the extent not previously provided to the
      Facility Agent in connection with the Facility
  Agreement).

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        9

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iv)

            	
              In the case of
      New Shire only, a copy of any consents issued in respect of it by the
      Jersey Financial Services Commission pursuant to the Control of Borrowing
      (Jersey) Order 1958.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (v)

            	
              In the case of
      each US Obligor, a copy of a good standing certificate (including
      verification of tax status) issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of
      State or other appropriate official of such US Obligor’s jurisdiction of
      incorporation or organisation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Legal
      opinions

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              A legal
      opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arrangers and the
      Agents in England.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              A legal
      opinion of Ogier, legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agents in
      Jersey.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              If an Obligor
      is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal
      opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agents or New Shire
      and the Company, as the case may be, in the relevant
      jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Other documents and
      evidence

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              A copy of this
      Deed, duly executed by each of the parties
  hereto.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              A copy of the
      Scheme Circular.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              Any
      information which the Facility Agent or a Finance Party (acting
      reasonably) requests within a reasonable period before the Effective Time
      to ensure compliance with applicable “know your customer”
      requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iv)

            	
              A copy of any
      other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the
      Facility Agent requests within a reasonable period before the Effective
      Time and which the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) considers to be
      necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance
      of the transactions contemplated by this Deed or for the validity and
      enforceability of any Finance
Document.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        10

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
3

    AMENDED
AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        11

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    

     

    

     

    ACCESSION AND AMENDMENT DEED EXECUTION
PAGES

     

    This Deed is
executed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning.

     

    
      	
              EXECUTED as a DEED by

            	
               )           
      

            

    

    
      
        	
                
                  SHIRE
      PLC

                

              	
                
                   )           
      TATJANA MAY

                

              

      

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
            	
                    acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                  	
                     )           
      Attorney

                  

          

          in the presence
of:

        

      

    

    
      	
              Witness’s
      signature: 

            	
              [Signature
      appears here]

            

    

     

    
      
        	
                Name
      (print):  

              	
                DANIEL
      HARTLEY

              

      

       

      
        
          	
                  Occupation:

                	
                  Solicitor

                

        

         

        
          
            	
                    Address:

                  	
                    Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                  

          

           

           

           

          
            
              	
                      EXECUTED as a DEED by

                    	
                       )           
      

                    

            

            
              
                	
                        
                          SHIRE
      LIMITED

                        

                      	
                        
                           )           
      TATJANA MAY

                        

                      

              

            

            
              
                
                

              

              
                
                  
                  

                

                
                  
                    	
                            acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                          	
                             )           
      Attorney

                          

                  

                  in the presence
of:

                

              

            

            
              	
                      Witness’s
      signature: 

                    	
                      [Signature
      appears here]

                    

            

             

            
              
                	
                        Name
      (print):  

                      	
                        DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                      

              

               

              
                
                  	
                          Occupation:

                        	
                          Solicitor

                        

                

                 

                
                  
                    	
                            Address:

                          	
                            Shire
      International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                          

                  

                   

                   

                   

                  
                    
                      	
                              EXECUTED as a DEED by

                            	
                               )           
      

                            

                    

                    
                      
                        	
                                
                                  SHIRE HOLDINGS UK
      LIMITED

                                

                              	
                                
                                   )           
      TATJANA MAY   

                                

                              

                      

                    

                    
                      
                        
                        

                      

                      
                        
                          
                          

                        

                        
                          
                            	
                                    acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                                  	
                                     )           
      Attorney

                                  

                          

                          in the presence
of:

                        

                      

                    

                    
                      	
                              Witness’s
      signature: 

                            	
                              [Signature
      appears here]

                            

                    

                     

                    
                      
                        	
                                Name
      (print):  

                              	
                                DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                              

                      

                       

                      
                        
                          	
                                  Occupation:

                                	
                                  Solicitor

                                

                        

                         

                        
                          
                            	
                                    Address:

                                  	
                                    Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                                  

                          

                           

                          
                            
                              
                              

                            

                            
                              12

                              
                                

                              

                            

                            
                              
                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      
        	
                EXECUTED as a DEED by

              	
                 )           
      

              

      

      
        
          	
                  
                    SHIRE PHARMACEUTICALS GROUP
      LIMITED

                  

                	
                  
                     )           
      TATJANA MAY

                  

                

        

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
              	
                      acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                    	
                       )           
      Attorney

                    

            

            in the presence
of:

          

        

      

      
        	
                Witness’s
      signature: 

              	
                [Signature
      appears here]

              

      

       

      
        
          	
                  Name
      (print):  

                	
                  DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                

        

         

        
          
            	
                    Occupation:

                  	
                    Solicitor

                  

          

           

          
            
              	
                      Address:

                    	
                      Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                    

            

             

             

             

            
              
                	
                        EXECUTED as a DEED by

                      	
                         )           
      

                      

              

              
                
                  	
                          
                            SHIRE GLOBAL FINANCE
      LIMITED

                          

                        	
                          
                             )           
      TATJANA MAY

                          

                        

                

              

              
                
                  
                  

                

                
                  
                    
                    

                  

                  
                    
                      	
                              acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                            	
                               )           
      Attorney

                            

                    

                    in the presence
of:

                  

                

              

              
                	
                        Witness’s
      signature: 

                      	
                        [Signature
      appears here]

                      

              

               

              
                
                  	
                          Name
      (print):  

                        	
                          DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                        

                

                 

                
                  
                    	
                            Occupation:

                          	
                            Solicitor

                          

                  

                   

                  
                    
                      	
                              Address:

                            	
                              Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                            

                    

                     

                     

                     

                    
                      
                        	
                                EXECUTED as a DEED by

                              	
                                 )           
      

                              

                      

                      
                        
                          	
                                  
                                    SHIRE HOLDINGS EUROPE
      LIMITED

                                  

                                	
                                  
                                     )           
      TATJANA MAY   

                                  

                                

                        

                      

                      
                        
                          
                          

                        

                        
                          
                            
                            

                          

                          
                            
                              	
                                      acting by its duly authorised
      attorney

                                    	
                                       )           
      Attorney

                                    

                            

                            in the presence
of:

                          

                        

                      

                      
                        	
                                Witness’s
      signature: 

                              	
                                [Signature
      appears here]

                              

                      

                       

                      
                        
                          	
                                  Name
      (print):  

                                	
                                  DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                                

                        

                         

                        
                          
                            	
                                    Occupation:

                                  	
                                    Solicitor

                                  

                          

                           

                          
                            
                              	
                                      Address:

                                    	
                                      Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                                    

                            

                             

                            
                              
                                
                                

                              

                              
                                13

                                
                                  

                                

                              

                              
                                
                                

                                
                                   

                                  
                                    
                                      	
                                              SIGNED, SEALED AND
      DELIVERED as a DEED by

                                            	
                                               )           
      

                                            

                                    

                                    
                                      
                                        	
                                                
                                                  TATJANA
      MAY

                                                

                                              	
                                                
                                                   )           
      TATJANA MAY [Seal appears here]   
  

                                                

                                              

                                      

                                    

                                    
                                      
                                        
                                        

                                      

                                      
                                        
                                          
                                          

                                        

                                        
                                          
                                            	
                                                    on behalf of and as attorney
      for

                                                  	
                                                     )           
      Attorney

                                                  

                                          

                                          
                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                

                                              

                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                  

                                                

                                                
                                                  
                                                    	
                                                            SHIRE PHARMACEUTICALS IRELAND
      LIMITED

                                                          	
                                                             )           
      

                                                          

                                                  

                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                          

                                                        

                                                        
                                                          
                                                            
                                                            

                                                          

                                                          
                                                            
                                                            

                                                            in the presence
of:

                                                          

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                    
                                      	
                                              Witness’s
      signature: 

                                            	
                                              [Signature
      appears here]

                                            

                                    

                                     

                                    
                                      
                                        	
                                                Name
      (print):  

                                              	
                                                DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                                              

                                      

                                       

                                      
                                        
                                          	
                                                  Occupation:

                                                	
                                                  Solicitor

                                                

                                        

                                         

                                        
                                          
                                            	
                                                    Address:

                                                  	
                                                    Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                                                  

                                          

                                           

                                           

                                           

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                                
                                  
                                    	
                                            EXECUTED as a DEED by

                                          	
                                             )           
      

                                          

                                  

                                  
                                    
                                      	
                                              
                                                SHIRE HOLDINGS US
      AG

                                              

                                            	
                                              
                                                 )           
      TATJANA MAY   

                                              

                                            

                                    

                                  

                                  
                                    
                                      
                                      

                                    

                                    
                                      
                                        
                                        

                                      

                                      
                                        
                                          	
                                                  acting by its duly authorised
      signatory in

                                                	
                                                   )           
      Authorised Signatory

                                                

                                        

                                        
                                          
                                            
                                              
                                              

                                            

                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                

                                              

                                              
                                                
                                                  	
                                                          accordance with the laws of
      the territory in which

                                                        	
                                                           )           
      

                                                        

                                                

                                                
                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                        

                                                      

                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                          

                                                        

                                                        
                                                          
                                                            	
                                                                    Shire Holdings US AG is
      incorporated

                                                                  	
                                                                     )           
      

                                                                  

                                                          

                                                          in the presence
of:

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                  
                                    	
                                            Witness’s
      signature: 

                                          	
                                            [Signature
      appears here]

                                          

                                  

                                   

                                  
                                    
                                      	
                                              Name
      (print):  

                                            	
                                              DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                                            

                                    

                                     

                                    
                                      
                                        	
                                                Occupation:

                                              	
                                                Solicitor

                                              

                                      

                                       

                                      
                                        
                                          	
                                                  Address:

                                                	
                                                  Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                                                

                                        

                                         

                                         

                                        
                                           

                                          
                                            
                                              	
                                                      EXECUTED as a DEED by

                                                    	
                                                       )           
      

                                                    

                                            

                                            
                                              
                                                	
                                                        
                                                          SHIRE
      LLC

                                                        

                                                      	
                                                        
                                                           )           
      TATJANA MAY   

                                                        

                                                      

                                              

                                            

                                            
                                              
                                                
                                                

                                              

                                              
                                                
                                                  
                                                  

                                                

                                                
                                                  
                                                    	
                                                            acting by its duly authorised
      signatory in

                                                          	
                                                             )           
      Authorised Signatory

                                                          

                                                  

                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                        
                                                        

                                                      

                                                      
                                                        
                                                          
                                                          

                                                        

                                                        
                                                          
                                                            	
                                                                    accordance with the laws of
      the territory in which

                                                                  	
                                                                     )           
      

                                                                  

                                                          

                                                          
                                                            
                                                              
                                                                
                                                                  
                                                                  

                                                                

                                                                
                                                                  
                                                                    
                                                                    

                                                                  

                                                                  
                                                                    
                                                                      	
                                                                              Shire LLC is
      incorporated

                                                                            	
                                                                               )           
      

                                                                            

                                                                    

                                                                    in the presence
of:

                                                                  

                                                                

                                                              

                                                            

                                                          

                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                            
                                              	
                                                      Witness’s
      signature: 

                                                    	
                                                      [Signature
      appears here]

                                                    

                                            

                                             

                                            
                                              
                                                	
                                                        Name
      (print):  

                                                      	
                                                        DANIEL
      HARTLEY

                                                      

                                              

                                               

                                              
                                                
                                                  	
                                                          Occupation:

                                                        	
                                                          Solicitor

                                                        

                                                

                                                 

                                                
                                                  
                                                    	
                                                            Address:

                                                          	
                                                            Shire
      Hampshire International Business Park, RG24
8EP

                                                          

                                                  

                                                   

                                                  
                                                    
                                                      
                                                      

                                                    

                                                    
                                                      14

                                                      
                                                        

                                                      

                                                    

                                                    
                                                      
                                                      

                                                    

                                                  

                                                

                                              

                                            

                                          

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

    

    
      
         

        
          
            	
                    EXECUTED as a DEED by

                  	
                     )           
      

                  

          

          
            
              	
                      
                        BARCLAYS BANK PLC as Facility
      Agent

                      

                    	
                      
                         )           
      ASHLEY JAY

                      

                    

            

          

          
            
              
              

            

            
              
                
                

              

              
                
                  	
                          on behalf of itself and the
      other Finance Parties

                        	
                           )           
      Associate Director

                        

                

                
                  
                    
                      
                      

                    

                    
                      
                        
                        

                      

                      
                        
                          	
                                  acting by an
      attorney

                                	
                                   )           
      

                                

                        

                        in the presence
of:

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

          
            	
                    Witness’s
      signature: 

                  	
                    [Signature
      appears here]

                  

          

           

          
            
              	
                      Name
      (print):  

                    	
                      SIMON
      DEAVES

                    

            

             

            
              
                	
                        Occupation:

                      	
                        Banker

                      

              

               

              
                
                  	
                          Address:

                        	
                          
                            c/o Barclays
      Capital, 5 The North Colonnade, Canary Wharf, London E14
      4BB

                          

                        

                

                 

              

            

          

        

      

    

                                                                     

    15

    
      
        

      

    

                                                                          

    
 

    
       

      Schedule
3

       

      US$1,200,000,000

       

      FACILITIES
AGREEMENT

       

      dated 20 February
2007

      (as amended and
restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended and restated on 23 May
2008)

       

      for

       

      SHIRE
LIMITED

       

      arranged
by

       

      ABN
AMRO BANK N.V.

      BARCLAYS
CAPITAL

      CITIGROUP
GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

      THE
ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

      

      with

       

      BARCLAYS
BANK PLC

      acting as Facility
Agent

      acting as Euro
Swingline Agent

      acting as Dollar
Swingline Agent

       

       

       

      
        

      

      
         

        MULTICURRENCY
TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES

        AGREEMENT

      

      

      
        
 

      

       

      Slaughter
and May

      One Bunhill
Row

      London EC1Y
8YY

      (REL/RMYJ)

      CF080670110

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      CONTENTS

       

      
        
          	
                  1.

                	
                  Definitions and
      interpretation

                	
                  2

                
	 	 	 
	
                  2.

                	
                  The
      Facilities

                	
                  22

                
	 	 	 
	
                  3.

                	
                  Purpose

                	
                  22

                
	 	 	 
	
                  4.

                	
                  Conditions of
      Utilisation

                	
                  23

                
	 	 	 
	
                  5.

                	
                  Utilisation –
      procedure

                	
                  26

                
	 	 	 
	
                  6.

                	
                  Utilisation – Swingline
      Loans

                	
                  27

                
	 	 	 
	
                  7.

                	
                  Swingline
      Loans

                	
                  32

                
	 	 	 
	
                  8.

                	
                  Selection of
      currencies

                	
                  35

                
	 	 	 
	
                  9.

                	
                  Amount of optional
      currencies

                	
                  36

                
	 	 	 
	
                  10.

                	
                  Repayment

                	
                  37

                
	 	 	 
	
                  11.

                	
                  Illegality, voluntary
      prepayment and cancellation

                	
                  38

                
	 	 	 
	
                  12.

                	
                  Mandatory
      prepayment

                	
                  39

                
	 	 	 
	
                  13.

                	
                  Restrictions

                	
                  41

                
	 	 	 
	
                  14.

                	
                  Extension of Facility
      B

                	
                  41

                
	 	 	 
	
                  15.

                	
                  Interest

                	
                  43

                
	 	 	 
	
                  16.

                	
                  Interest
      Periods

                	
                  44

                
	 	 	 
	
                  17.

                	
                  Changes to the calculation
      of interest

                	
                  45

                
	 	 	 
	
                  18.

                	
                  Fees

                	
                  46

                
	 	 	 
	
                  19.

                	
                  Tax gross-up and
      indemnities

                	
                  47

                
	 	 	 
	
                  20.

                	
                  Increased
      costs

                	
                  53

                
	 	 	 
	
                  21.

                	
                  Other
      indemnities

                	
                  54

                
	 	 	 
	
                  22.

                	
                  Mitigation by the
      Lenders

                	
                  55

                
	 	 	 
	
                  23.

                	
                  Costs and
      expenses

                	
                  56

                
	 	 	 
	
                  24.

                	
                  Guarantee and
      indemnity

                	
                  57

                
	 	 	 
	
                  25.

                	
                  Representations

                	
                  61

                
	 	 	 
	
                  26.

                	
                  Information
      undertakings

                	
                  65

                
	 	 	 
	
                  27.

                	
                  Financial
      covenants

                	
                  68

                
	 	 	 
	
                  28.

                	
                  General
      undertakings

                	
                  74

                
	 	 	 
	
                  29.

                	
                  Events of
      Default

                	
                  80

                
	 	 	 
	
                  30.

                	
                  Changes to the
      Lenders

                	
                  85

                
	 	 	 
	
                  31.

                	
                  Changes to the
      Obligors

                	
                  89

                
	 	 	 
	
                  32.

                	
                  Role of the Agents and the
      Arrangers

                	
                  91

                

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            
            

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        
          	
                  33.

                	
                  Conduct of business by the
      Finance Parties

                	
                  96

                
	 	 	 
	
                  34.

                	
                  Sharing among the Finance
      Parties

                	
                  97

                
	 	 	 
	
                  35.

                	
                  Payment
      mechanics

                	
                  99

                
	 	 	 
	
                  36.

                	
                  Set-off

                	
                  101

                
	 	 	 
	
                  37.

                	
                  Notices

                	
                  101

                
	 	 	 
	
                  38.

                	
                  Calculations and
      certificates

                	
                  103

                
	 	 	 
	
                  39.

                	
                  Partial
      invalidity

                	
                  104

                
	 	 	 
	
                  40.

                	
                  Remedies and
      waivers

                	
                  104

                
	 	 	 
	
                  41.

                	
                  Amendments and
      waivers

                	
                  104

                
	 	 	 
	
                  42.

                	
                  Counterparts

                	
                  106

                
	 	 	 
	
                  43.

                	
                  Governing
      law

                	
                  107

                
	 	 	 
	
                  44.

                	
                  Enforcement

                	
                  107

                
	 	 	 

        

        
          
            	
                    SCHEDULE
      1

                  	
                    The
      Parties

                  	
                    108

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    Part I The
      Obligors

                  	
                    108

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part II The Original Term
      Lenders

                  	
                    109

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part III The Original
      Revolving Lenders

                  	
                    110

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part IV The Original Dollar
      Swingline Lenders

                  	
                    111

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part V The Original Euro
      Swingline Lenders

                  	
                    112

                  
	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      2

                  	
                    Conditions
      precedent

                  	
                    113

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    Part I Conditions precedent
      to initial Utilisation

                  	
                    113

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part II Conditions
      precedent to Certain Funds Utilisation

                  	
                    115

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part III Conditions
      precedent required to be delivered by an Additional
      Obligor

                  	
                    116

                  
	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      3

                  	
                    Requests

                  	
                    118

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    Part I Utilisation Request
      – Term Loans and Revolving Loan

                  	
                    118

                  
	 	 
	
                    Part II Utilisation Request
      – Swingline Loan

                  	
                    120

                  
	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      4

                  	
                    Mandatory Cost
      formulae

                  	
                    121

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      5

                  	
                    Form of Transfer
      Certificate

                  	
                    124

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      6

                  	
                    Form of Accession
      Letter

                  	
                    126

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      7

                  	
                    Form of Resignation
      Letter

                  	
                    127

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      8

                  	
                    Form of Compliance
      Certificate

                  	
                    128

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      9

                  	
                    Existing
      Security

                  	
                    129

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      10

                  	
                    Existing
      Loans

                  	
                    130

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE
      11

                  	
                    Existing Financial
      Indebtedness

                  	
                    131

                  

          

           

          
            
              
              

            

            
              
              

              
                

              

            

            
              
              

            

          

           

          
            	
                    SCHEDULE
      12

                  	
                    Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

                  	
                    132

                  
	 	 	 
	
                    SCHEDULE 13  
      

                  	
                    Timetables

                  	
                    138

                  

          

        

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20
February 2007 (as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and restated on 23 May 20081) and made between:

       

      
        	
                (1)

              	
                SHIRE LIMITED, a
      company incorporated in
      Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 99854
      (“New
      Shire”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (2)

              	
                SHIRE PLC, a
      company incorporated in
      England and Wales under the Companies Act 1985 with registered number
      05492592 (the “Company” and the “Original
      Borrower”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (3)

              	
                THE SUBSIDIARIES of the
      Parent Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as
      borrowers;

              

      

       

      
        	
                (4)

              	
                ABN AMRO BANK N.V., BARCLAYS
      CAPITAL, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED AND THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND
      PLC as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or
      together, the “Arrangers”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (5)

              	
                THE FINANCIAL
      INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as term
      lenders (the “Original
      Term Lenders”).

              

      

       

      
        	
                (6)

              	
                THE FINANCIAL
      INSTITUTIONS listed in Part III of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as
      revolving lenders (the “Original Revolving
      Lenders”).

              

      

       

      
        	
                (7)

              	
                THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
      listed in Part IV of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as dollar
      swingline lenders (the “Original Dollar Swingline
      Lenders”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (8)

              	
                THE FINANCIAL
      INSTITUTIONS listed in Part V of Schedule 1 (The Parties) as euro
      swingline lenders (the “Original Euro Swingline
      Lenders”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (9)

              	
                BARCLAYS BANK PLC as
      facility agent of the other Finance Parties (in this capacity, the “Facility
      Agent”);

              

      

       

      
        	
                (10)

              	
                BARCLAYS BANK PLC as
      euro swingline agent of the other Finance Parties (in this capacity, the
      “Euro Swingline
      Agent”); and

              

      

       

      
        	
                (11)

              	
                BARCLAYS BANK PLC as
      dollar swingline agent of the other Finance Parties (in this capacity, the
      “Dollar Swingline
      Agent”).

              

      

       

      IT IS AGREED as
follows:

       

      
        

          

        

          
          
            	
                    1

                  	
                    In the event
      that the Effective Time does not occur on 23 May 2008, then all references
      in this Agreement to this Agreement being further amended and restated on
      23 May 2008 shall be deemed to be references to the date on which the 2008
      Newco Scheme becomes Effective and, accordingly, the Effective Time
      occurs.

                  

          

        

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          
          

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
1

      INTERPRETATION

       

      
        	
                1.

              	
                DEFINITIONS
      AND INTERPRETATION

              

      

       

      
        	
                1.1

              	
                Definitions

              

      

       

      In this
Agreement:

       

      “2005 Agreement” means the
multicurrency revolving facilities agreement dated 15 June 2005 made
between, among others, Shire Pharmaceuticals Group Limited (formerly known as
Shire Pharmaceuticals Group plc), ABN Amro Bank N.V., Barclays Capital,
Citigroup Global Markets Limited, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland
plc.

       

      “2008 Newco Scheme” means the
scheme of arrangement under sections 895 to 899 of the Companies Act 2006
between the Company and its shareholders which will effect the interposition of
New Shire between the Company and its shareholders, including any modification,
addition or condition approved by the High Court, details of which will be set
out in the Scheme Circular.

       

      “Acceptance Date” shall have
the meaning set out in the Acquisition Agreement.

       

      “Accession Letter” means a
document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession
Letter).

       

      “Acquisition” means the
transaction pursuant to which a member of the Group becomes the owner of record
of all of the issued share capital of New River by a two step merger (involving
a tender offer followed by a merger).

       

      “Acquisition Agreement” means
the agreement of merger dated on or around the date of this Agreement between
the Company, Shuttle Corporation and New River.

       

      “Acquisition Documents” means
the Acquisition Agreement and the Offer Documents (as such term is defined in
the Acquisition Agreement).

       

      “Acquisition Proceeds” means
the proceeds of a claim (a “Recovery Claim”) made by any
member of the Group in relation to an Acquisition Document except for Excluded
Acquisition Proceeds and after deducting:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any reasonable
      expenses or costs which are incurred by any member of the Group to persons
      who are not members of the Group;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any Tax
      incurred and required to be paid by a member of the Group in connection
      with such claim (as reasonably determined by the relevant member of the
      Group on the basis of existing rates taking into account any available
      credit, deduction or allowance),

              

      

       

      in each case to be
reimbursed out of such Recovery Claim.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          2

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Acquisition Purpose” means any
of the purposes set out in sub-clause 3.1.1 and sub-clauses 3.1.2(a) and (d) of
Clause 3.1 (Purpose).

       

      “Additional Borrower” means
each company listed as an “Additional Borrower” in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and each company
which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the
Obligors).

       

      “Additional Cost Rate” has the
meaning given to it in Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost
formulae).

       

      “Additional Guarantor” means
each company listed as an “Additional Guarantor” in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Parties) and each company
which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the
Obligors).

       

      “Additional Obligor” means an
Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

       

      “Affiliate” means, in relation
to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person
or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

       

      “Agents” means the Dollar
Swingline Agent, the Euro Swingline Agent and the Facility Agent, and “Agent” means, as the context
may require, any of them.

       

      “Authorisation” means an
authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing,
notarisation or registration.

       

      “Availability Period” means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      Facility A, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to
      and including the date which is the earlier of (i) 9 Months after the date
      of this Agreement and (ii) 4 Months after the Walk-Away
    Date;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      Facility B, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to
      and including the date which is the earlier of (i) 9 Months after the date
      of this Agreement and (ii) 4 Months after the Walk-Away Date;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                in relation to
      the Revolving Facility, the period from and including the date of this
      Agreement to the date which is one week prior to the Revolving Facility
      Maturity Date.

              

      

       

      “Available Commitment” means a
Lender’s Commitment minus:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the Base
      Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in
      any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the
      proposed Utilisation Date,

              

      

       

      other than, in
either case, a Revolving Lender’s participation in any Revolving Loans that are
due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation
Date.

       

      “Available Facility” means, in
relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s
Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          3

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Base Currency” means US
Dollars.

       

      “Base Currency Amount” means,
in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered
by a Borrower (or the Parent Company on behalf of a Borrower) for that Loan (or,
if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount
converted into the Base Currency at the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange
on the date which is, subject as otherwise provided, three Business Days before
the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Facility Agent receives the
Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment,
consolidation or division of the Loan.

       

      “Basel II Implementation Date” means the
date on which Basel II (as defined in sub-clause 20.3.1(f) of Clause 20.3 (Exceptions)) is deemed to
apply to the Finance Parties being 1 January 2007.

       

      “Borrower” means the Original
Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in
accordance with Clause 31 (Changes to the
Obligors).

       

      “Break Costs” means the amount
(if any) by which:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the interest
      excluding the Margin which a Lender should have received for the period
      from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan
      or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of
      that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received
      been paid on the last day of that Interest
  Period;

              

      

       

      exceeds:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the amount
      which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to
      the total sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the
      Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day
      following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current
      Interest Period.

              

      

       

      “Business Day” means a day
(other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business
in London and:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                (in relation
      to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the
      principal financial centre of the country of that currency;
    or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                (in relation
      to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET
    Day.

              

      

       

      “Certain Funds Period” means
the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date which
is the earlier of (i) five Business Days after the Acceptance Date and (ii) the
Walk-Away Date.

       

      “Certain Funds Utilisation”
means a Term Loan or Revolving Loan made or to be made under a Facility during
the Certain Funds Period where such Loan is to be made solely for an Acquisition
Purpose.

       

      “Code” means, at any date, the
US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder as
in effect at such date.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          4

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Commitment” means a Facility A
Commitment, a Facility B Commitment, a Revolving Facility Commitment or a
Swingline Commitment.

       

      “Compliance Certificate” means
a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance
Certificate).

       

      “Confidentiality Undertaking”
means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the form as set out in
Schedule 12 (Form of
Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the
Parent Company and the Facility Agent.

       

      “Debt Proceeds” means the cash
proceeds receivable by any member of the Group upon the incurrence by any member
of the Group of any Financial Indebtedness falling within the terms of
paragraphs (e) and (i) of sub-clause 28.8.2, after, in each case, deducting
expenses incurred by any member of the Group with respect to that
incurrence.

       

      “Default” means an Event of
Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 29 (Events of Default) which
would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of
any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the
foregoing with an event or circumstance specified in Clause 29 (Events of Default)) be an
Event of Default.

       

      “Disposal” means a sale, lease,
licence, transfer, loan or other disposal by a person of any asset, undertaking
or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series
of transactions).

       

      “Disposal Proceeds” means the
cash consideration receivable by any member of the Group (including any amount
receivable in repayment of intercompany debt) for any disposal under sub-clause
28.4.2(k) of Clause 28.4 (Disposals) made by any member
of the Group except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds and after
deducting

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                expenses and
      provisions for liability incurred by any member of the Group with respect
      to that disposal; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any Tax
      incurred and required to be paid by any member of the Group in connection
      with that disposal (as reasonably determined by that member of the Group,
      on the basis of existing rates and taking account of any available credit,
      deduction or allowance).

              

      

       

      “Dollar Swingline Facility”
means the dollar swingline facility as described in sub-clause 7.1.1 of Clause
7.1 (Swingline).

       

      “Dollar Swingline Lender”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                a Syndication
      Date Dollar Swingline Lender; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any other
      person that becomes a Dollar Swingline Lender after the Syndication Date
      in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the
      Lenders),

              

      

       

      which in each case
has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          5

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Dollar Swingline Loan” means a loan
to be made under the Dollar Swingline Facility or the principal amount
outstanding for the time being of that loan.

       

      “Effective” means, in the
context of the 2008 Newco Scheme, the 2008 Newco Scheme having become effective
in accordance with its terms.

       

      “Effective Time“ means
immediately prior to the time at which the 2008 Newco Scheme becomes
Effective.

       

      “Employee Plan” means an
employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the
provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of
ERISA, and in respect of which a US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if
such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an
“employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

       

      “ERISA” means, at any date, the
United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the
regulations promulgated and rulings issued under it, all as the same may be in
effect at such date.

       

      “ERISA Affiliate” means any
person that for the purposes of Title I and Title IV of ERISA and Section 412 of
the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with an
Obligor, pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001
of ERISA.

       

      “ERISA Event”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any reportable
      event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to an Employee
      Plan, as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of
      Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such
  event;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the filing of
      a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan, if such termination
      would require material additional contributions in order to be considered
      a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA, the
      filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate
      any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section
      4041(c) of ERISA;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                the
      institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the
      termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
      Employee Plan;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                the failure to
      make a required contribution to any Employee Plan that would result in the
      imposition of an encumbrance under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302
      of ERISA securing an amount in excess of US$50,000,000 or the filing of
      any request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code
      with respect to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer
  Plan;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                an engagement
      in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975
      of the Code or Section 406 of
ERISA;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                the complete
      or partial withdrawal of any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate from a
      Multiemployer Plan; and

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          6

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                an Obligor or
      an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with
      respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent
      under Section 4007 of ERISA).

              

      

       

      “Euro Swingline Facility” means
the euro swingline facility as described in sub-clause 7.1.2 of Clause 7.1
(Swingline).

       

      “Euro Swingline Lender”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                a Syndication
      Date Euro Swingline Lender; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any other
      person that becomes a Euro Swingline Lender after the Syndication Date in
      accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the
      Lenders),

              

      

       

      which in each case
has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

       

      “Euro Swingline Loan” means a loan
to be made under the Euro Swingline Facility or the principal amount outstanding
for the time being of that loan.

       

      “Event of Default” means any
event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 29 (Events of
Default).

       

      “Excluded Acquisition Proceeds”
means any proceeds of a Recovery Claim which the Parent Company notifies the
Facility Agent are, or are to be, applied:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in payment of
      amounts payable pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by way of adjustment
      to the purchase price in respect of the Acquisition (except to the extent
      relating to a working capital
adjustment);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                to satisfy (or
      reimburse a member of the Group which has discharged) any liability,
      charge or claim upon a member of the Group by a person which is not a
      member of the Group; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                in the
      replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of assets of members of the Group
      which have been lost, destroyed or
damaged,

              

      

       

      in each case as a
result of the events or circumstances giving rise to that Recovery Claim, if
those proceeds are so applied as soon as possible (but in any event within 365
days, or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree) after
receipt.

       

      “Excluded Disposal Proceeds”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any Disposal
      Proceeds which are within 365 days of the date of the relevant Disposal
      applied in or towards the purchase of assets used in the business of the
      Group (including, without limitation, all milestone payments and similar
      payments under any new or existing agreement relating to the in-licensing,
      co-development or other acquisition of intellectual property or other
      assets or products); and

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          7

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any other
      Disposal Proceeds to the extent that, when aggregated with all other
      Disposal Proceeds receivable by the Group in the same financial year, they
      do not exceed US$100,000,000.

              

      

       

      “Existing Financial
Indebtedness” means the existing Financial Indebtedness listed in
Schedule 11 (Existing
Financial Indebtedness).

       

      “Existing Loans” means the
existing loans listed in Schedule 10 (Existing Loans).

       

      “Existing Security” means the
existing Security listed in Schedule 9 (Existing
Security).

       

      “Facility” means a Term
Facility, the Revolving Facility or the Swingline Facility.

       

      “Facility A” means the term
loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1
(Grant of Facility
A).

       

      “Facility A Commitment”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      an Original Term Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its
      name under the heading “Facility A Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1
      (The Parties) and
      the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this
      Agreement; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      any other Term Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility A
      Commitment transferred to it under this
  Agreement,

              

      

       

      to the extent not
cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

       

      “Facility A Lender” means a
Term Lender under Facility A.

       

      “Facility A Loan” means a loan
made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the
time being of that loan.

       

      “Facility A Maturity Date”
means the date which is the fifth anniversary of the date of this
Agreement.

       

      “Facility A Repayment Date”
means each of the dates specified in sub-clause 10.1.1 of Clause 10.1
(Repayment of Term
Loans).

       

      “Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of
Exchange” means the Facility Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the
purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign
exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

       

      “Facility B” means the term
loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.2
(Grant of Facility
B).

       

      “Facility B Commitment”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      an Original Term Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its
      name under the heading “Facility B Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1
      (The
    

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          8

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                   

                	
                  Parties) and the amount
      of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
      and

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      any other Term Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility B
      Commitment transferred to it under this
  Agreement,

              

      

       

      to the extent not
cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

       

      “Facility B Loan” means a loan
made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the
time being of that loan.

       

      “Facility B Maturity Date”
means the date which is 364 days after the date of this Agreement subject to an
extension pursuant to Clause 14 (Extension of Facility
B).

       

      “Facility Office”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      a Revolving Lender, the office identified as such opposite such Lender’s
      name in Part III of Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or, in
      the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which
      it is a party as transferee) or such other office as it may from time to
      time select;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      a Dollar Swingline Lender, the office identified as such opposite such
      Swingline Lender’s name in Part IV of Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or, in
      the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which
      it is a party as transferee) or such other office in the United States of
      America (in the same time zone as New York City) as it may from time to
      time select;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                in relation to
      a Euro Swingline Lender, the office identified as such opposite such
      Swingline Lender’s name in Part V of Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or, in
      the case of a transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which
      it is a party as transferee) or such other office as it may from time to
      time select; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                in relation to
      a New Lender, the office identified as such opposite such New Lender’s
      name in Part VI of Schedule 1 (The Parties) of the
      Syndication and Amendment Agreement, or such other office as it may from
      time to time select.

              

      

       

      “Fee Letter” means any letter
or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arranger and
the Company (or an Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred
to in Clause 18 (Fees).

       

      “Finance Document” means this
Agreement, the Mandate Letter, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any
Resignation Letter, any Utilisation Request and any other document designated as
such by the Facility Agent and the Parent Company.

       

      “Finance Party” means any
Agent, Arranger or Lender.

       

      “Financial Indebtedness” means
any indebtedness for or in respect of:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                moneys
      borrowed;

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          9

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any amount
      raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or
      dematerialised equivalent;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                any amount
      raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds,
      notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar
  instrument;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                the amount of
      any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which
      would, in accordance with US GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital
      lease;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                receivables
      sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold
      on a non-recourse basis);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                any amount
      raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase
      agreement) having the commercial effect of a
  borrowing;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                any derivative
      transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit
      from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of
      any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken
      into account);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (h)

              	
                any
      counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond,
      standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by
      a bank or financial institution;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                any amount
      raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable prior to the
      fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement other than redeemable
      shares issued by a Subsidiary of the Parent Company where such redeemable
      shares are acquired by another member of the Group as consideration for,
      or in connection with, an issue by a member of the Group of equity
      securities or, to the extent not so acquired, are redeemed within 30 days
      after the date of their issue;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (j)

              	
                any amount of
      any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if one of
      the primary reasons behind the entry into such agreement is to raise
      finance; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (k)

              	
                (without
      double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee
      or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j)
      above.

              

      

       

      “Group” means the Parent
Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being, including, after closing of the
Acquisition, New River and its Subsidiaries.

       

      “Guarantor” means, prior to the
Effective Time, the Original Guarantor and, thereafter, New Shire and any other
Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with
Clause 31 (Changes to the
Obligors).

       

      “Holding Company” means, in
relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in
respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

       

      “Information Memorandum” means
the document that is to be prepared in relation to this transaction, approved by
the Company and distributed by the Arrangers in connection with the syndication
of the Facilities.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          10

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Information Memorandum Date”
means the date on which the Information Memorandum is approved by the Company
for distribution.

       

      “Interest Period” means, in
relation to a Loan (not being a Swingline Loan), each period determined in
accordance with Clause 16 (Interest Periods), in
relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with
Clause 15.3 (Default
interest) and, in relation to a Swingline Loan, the period determined in
accordance with sub-clause 6.3.1 of Clause 6.3 (Completion of a Utilisation Request
for Swingline Loans).

       

      “IRS” means the United States
Internal Revenue Service or any successor.

       

      “Lender” means a Swingline
Lender and/or a Revolving Lender and/or a Term Lender, as the context
requires.

       

      “LIBOR” means, in relation to
any Loan:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the applicable
      Screen Rate; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                (if no Screen
      Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the
      arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as
      supplied to the Facility Agent at its request quoted by three Reference
      Banks to leading banks in the London interbank
  market,

              

      

       

      as of the Specified
Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that
Loan and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that
Loan.

       

      “Loan” means a Revolving Loan,
a Swingline Loan or a Term Loan.

       

      “Major Event of Default”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                with respect
      to any Obligor, any circumstances constituting an Event of Default under
      Clause 29.1 (Non-payment), Clause
      29.3 (Other
      Obligations) (but only with respect to failure to comply with
      Clauses 28.3 (Negative
      Pledge), 28.4 (Disposals), 28.5 (Change of Business),
      28.7 (Loans and
      Guarantees), 28.8 (Financial Indebtedness)
      and, for the purpose of this definition only, any reference in each such
      clause to the Group or a member of the Group shall be deemed not to
      include New River and its subsidiaries), Clause 29.4 (Misrepresentation) (but
      only insofar as it relates to a Major Representation), Clause 29.10 (Unlawfulness) or Clause
      29.11 (Repudiation);
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any
      circumstances constituting a Default under Clause 29.6 (Insolvency) or Clause
      29.7 (Insolvency
      Proceedings).

              

      

       

      “Major Representation” means a
representation or warranty with respect to any Obligor other than New River
under Clauses 25.2 (Status) to 25.6 (Validity and admissibility in
evidence) inclusive except that, for the purpose of this definition, all
references in such Clauses to a “Subsidiary” or the “Subsidiaries” of any
Obligors in sub-clauses 25.2.2 of Clause 25.2 (Status) and 25.4.2 of Clause
25.4 (Non-conflict with other
obligations) shall be deemed to refer only to Material
Companies.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          11

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Majority Lenders”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                if there are
      no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate
      not less than 662/3 per
      cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been
      reduced to zero, aggregated not less than 662/3 per
      cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction);
      or

                 

              

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                at any other
      time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then
      outstanding aggregate not less than 662/3 per
      cent. of all the Loans then
outstanding.

              

      

       

      “Mandate Letter” means the
letter dated on or about the date hereof between the Company and the
Arrangers.

       

      “Mandatory Cost” means the
percentage rate per annum calculated by the Facility Agent in accordance with
Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost
formulae).

       

      “Margin” means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in the case of
      the Revolving Facility and Facility
A:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                0.80 per
      cent. per annum prior to receipt by the Facility Agent of the Compliance
      Certificate delivered in respect of the year ending 31 December 2007,
      pursuant to Clause 26 (Information
      Undertakings); and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (ii)

              	
                at all other
      times if the ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA in respect of the most recently
      completed financial year or financial half year is within the range set
      out below, then the Margin will be the rate set out opposite such range in
      the table below:

              

      

       

      
        	
                Ratio
      of Net Debt to EBITDA

              	
                Margin
      (per cent. per annum)

              
	
                Greater than
      3.5:1

              	
                0.95

              
	
                Greater than
      3.0:1 but less than or equal to 3.5:1

              	
                0.80

              
	
                Greater than
      2.5:1 but less than or equal to 3.0:1

              	
                0.65

              
	
                Greater than
      2.0:1 but less than or equal to 2.5:1

              	
                0.55

              
	
                Greater than
      1.5:1 but less than or equal to 2.0:1

              	
                0.45

              
	
                Less than or
      equal to 1.5:1

              	
                0.40

              

      

       

      and any reduction or
increase in the Margin in the table above shall take effect five Business Days
after receipt by the Facility Agent of the Compliance Certificate pursuant to
Clause 26 (Information
Undertakings).  For the purpose of determining the Margin, “Net
Debt” and “EBITDA” shall be determined in accordance with Clause 27.1 (Financial
definitions).

       

      If the Parent
Company is in default of its obligations under Clause 26 (Information Undertakings) to
provide a Compliance Certificate or relevant financial statements

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          12

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      and the Parent
Company has failed to remedy the default within 5 Business Days following
notification by the Facility Agent, the Margin will be: (i) at any time covered
by the election of an increased Leverage Ratio under sub-clause 27.2.1 of Clause
27.2 (Financial
condition), 0.95 per cent.; and (ii) at any other time, 0.80 per cent.
per annum, for so long as such default continues; and

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in the case of
      Facility B the Margin will be the rate set out opposite the time period in
      the table below:

              

      

       

      
        	
                Months
      from the date of this Agreement

              	
                Margin
      (per cent. per annum)

              
	
                0-6
      months

              	
                0.50

              
	
                7-12
      months

              	
                0.75

              
	
                after 12
      months and thereafter

              	
                1.00

              

      

       

      Any increase in the
Margin under the terms of this paragraph (b) shall take effect from the last day
of the last month in each period specified above.

       

      “Margin Stock” means margin
stock or “margin security” within the meaning of Regulations U and
X.

       

      “Material Adverse Effect” means a:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                material
      adverse change in the business, operations, assets or financial condition
      of the Group taken as a whole which is likely to have a material adverse
      effect on the ability of the Obligors taken as a whole or the Parent
      Company to perform their respective payment obligations under the Finance
      Documents; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                material
      adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents
      or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under the Finance
      Documents.

              

      

       

      “Material Company” means, at
any time:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                an Obligor;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                a Subsidiary
      of the Parent Company which has EBITDA (as defined in Clause 27.1 (Financial definitions)
      but calculated as though it applied to it) representing 10 per cent. or
      more of the EBITDA of the Group.

              

      

       

      Compliance with such
conditions shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance
Certificate supplied by the Parent Company and/or the latest audited financial
statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which
itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial
statements of the Group.

       

      A report by the
auditors of the Parent Company that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company
(determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph) shall, in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          13

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Maturity Date” means, as
applicable, the Facility A Maturity Date, the Facility B Maturity Date or the
Revolving Facility Maturity Date.

       

      “Month” means a period starting
on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day
in the next calendar month, except that:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                (subject to
      paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a
      Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that
      calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one or, if there
      is not, on the immediately preceding Business
  Day;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                if there is no
      numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period
      is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar
      month; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                if an Interest
      Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest
      Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which
      that Interest Period is to end.

              

      

       

      The above rules will
only apply to the last Month of any period.

       

      “Multiemployer Plan” means a
“multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section (3)(37) of ERISA) contributed to for
any employees of a US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate.

       

      “New River” means New River
Pharmaceuticals, Inc..

       

      “New River Convertible Bond”
means the 3.5 per cent convertible subordinated notes due 2013 issued by New
River.

       

      “NRP 104 Milestone Payment”
means the milestone payment payable under the agreement between the Company,
inter alios, and New
River Pharmaceuticals Inc. dated 31 January 2005 triggered by various events,
such as filing, receiving US marketing approval with certain characteristics,
and achieving certain sales targets.

       

      “Obligor” means a Borrower or a
Guarantor.

       

      “Optional Currency” means a
currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set
out in Clause 4.4 (Conditions
relating to Optional Currencies).

       

      “Original Financial Statements”
means, in relation to the Parent Company, the audited consolidated financial
statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December
2005.

       

      “Original Guarantor” means
Shire plc in its capacity as the original Guarantor under this
Agreement.

       

      “Original Obligor” means the
Original Borrower or the Original Guarantor.

       

      “Parent Company” means, prior
to the Effective Time, the Company and, on and from the Effective Time, New
Shire.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          14

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Participating Member State”
means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted
the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European
Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

       

      “Party” means a party to this
Agreement.

       

      “PBGC” means the US Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any entity succeeding to all or any of its
functions under ERISA.

       

      “Permitted Securitisation”
means any arrangements forming part of a transaction involving the
securitisation or other financing of assets or cash flows (or both) relating to
royalty income provided that, while the aggregate amount of the Total Revolving
Facility Commitments of all the Revolving Lenders in respect of the Revolving
Facility is greater than US$500,000,000 or there is any amount outstanding under
or in respect of Facility A or Facility B, the Parent Company provides a
certificate to the Facility Agent signed by two directors (one of which is the
finance director of the Parent Company) confirming that the proceeds of that
securitisation or other financing are to be applied such that there will be a
permanent reduction of the Facilities of an amount equivalent to the net amount
anticipated to be received by the Group from such securitisation or other
financings.

       

      “Qualifying Lender” has the
meaning given to it in Clause 19 (Tax gross-up and
indemnities).

       

      “Quotation Day” means, in
relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be
determined:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                (if the
      currency is sterling) the first day of that
  period;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                (if the
      currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                (for any other
      currency) two Business Days before the first day of that
      period,

              

      

       

      unless market
practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case
the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Facility Agent in
accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and, if
quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank
Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those
days).

       

      “Reference Banks” means, in
relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of Citibank International plc,
Barclays Bank PLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc or such other banks as may
be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Parent
Company.

       

      “Regulations U and X” means,
respectively, Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System of the United States (or any successor) as now and from time to
time in effect from the date of this Agreement.

       

      “Relevant Interbank Market”
means, in relation to euro, the European Interbank Market and, in relation to
any other currency, the London interbank market.

       

      “Repayment Instalment” means
the amount to be repaid on each Facility A Repayment Date.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          15

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Repeating Representations”
means each of the representations set out in Clauses 25.2 (Status) to 25.7 (Governing law and
enforcement), Clause 25.10 (No default), Clause 25.13
(Pari passu ranking)
and Clause 25.14 (ERISA and
Multiemployer Plans) to Clause 25.16 (Investment
Companies).

       

      “Resignation Letter” means a
letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation
Letter).

       

      “Revolving Facility” means the
revolving facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause
2.3 (Grant of Revolving
Facility).

       

      “Revolving Facility Commitment”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      a Syndication Date Revolving Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set
      opposite its name under the heading “Revolving Facility Commitment” in
      Part I of Schedule 2 (The Lenders) to the
      Syndication and Amendment Agreement and the amount of any other Revolving
      Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      any other Revolving Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any
      Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this
      Agreement,

              

      

       

      to the extent not
cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

       

      “Revolving Facility Maturity
Date” means the date which is the fifth anniversary of the date of this
Agreement.

       

      “Revolving Lender”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any
      Syndication Date Revolving Lender;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any bank or
      financial institution which has become a Revolving Lender after the
      Syndication Date in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the
      Lenders), which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in
      accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

              

      

       

      “Revolving Loan” means a loan
to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for
the time being under that loan.

       

      “Rollover Loan” means one or
more Revolving Loans (other than Swingline Loans):

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                made or to be
      made on the same day that a maturing Revolving Loan is due to be
      repaid;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the aggregate
      amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Revolving
      Loan;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                in the same
      currency as the maturing Revolving Loan (unless it arose as a result of
      the operation of Clause 8.3 (Revocation of
      currency)); and

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          16

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                made or to be
      made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing
      Revolving Loan.

              

      

       

      “Scheme Circular” means a
circular dispatched by the Company to its shareholders setting out the full
terms and conditions of the 2008 Newco Scheme and convening an extraordinary
general meeting of its shareholders and a court meeting to approve the 2008
Newco Scheme substantially in the form of the draft provided by the Company to
the Facility Agent prior to 15 April 2008 with such amendments or modifications
thereto as may be required by the High Court or which otherwise could not
reasonably be expected to be materially prejudicial to the interests of the
Lenders.

       

      “Screen Rate” means, in
relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for
the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the
Telerate screen.  If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to
be available, the Facility Agent may specify a reasonable alternative page or
service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Parent
Company and the Lenders.

       

      “SEC” means the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

       

      “Security” means a mortgage,
charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any
person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar
effect.

       

      “Specified Time” means a time
determined in accordance with Schedule 13 (Timetables).

       

      “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary
within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 or, as the context
may require, a subsidiary within the meaning of articles 2 and 2A of the
Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

       

      “Swingline Agent” means the
Dollar Swingline Agent or the Euro Swingline Agent.

       

      “Swingline Commitment”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in relation to
      a Swingline Lender on the Syndication Date, the amount in the Base
      Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Swingline Commitment” in
      Part II or Part III of Schedule 2 (The Lenders) of the
      Syndication and Amendment Agreement and the amount of any other Swingline
      Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
  or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      any other Swingline Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any
      Swingline Commitment transferred to it under this
    Agreement,

              

      

       

      to the extent not
cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

       

      “Swingline Facility” means the
swingline facility made available under this Agreement comprising the Dollar
Swingline Facility and the Euro Swingline Facility.

       

      “Swingline Lender” means a
Dollar Swingline Lender or a Euro Swingline Lender.

       

      “Swingline Loan” means a Dollar
Swingline Loan or a Euro Swingline Loan.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          17

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Syndication and Amendment
Agreement” means the syndication and amendment agreement dated 19 July
2007 between the parties to this Agreement and the New Lenders (as defined
therein).

       

      “Syndication Date” has the
meaning given to it in the Syndication and Amendment Agreement.

       

      “Syndication Date Dollar Swingline
Lenders” means the financial institutions listed in Part II of Schedule 2
(The Lenders) to the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement as Dollar Swingline Lenders.

       

      “Syndication Date Euro Swingline
Lenders” means the financial institutions listed in Part III of Schedule
2 (The Lenders) to the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement as Euro Swingline Lenders.

       

      “Syndication Date Revolving
Lenders” means the financial institutions listed in Part I of Schedule 2
(The Lenders) to the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement as Revolving Lenders.

       

      “TARGET” means Trans-European
Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment
system.

       

      “TARGET Day” means any day on
which TARGET is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

       

      “Tax” means any tax, levy,
impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any
penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay
in paying any of the same).

       

      “Tender and Support Agreement”
means the tender and support agreement dated on or around the date of this
Agreement between the Shareholders of New River referred to therein and the
Company.

       

      “Term Facility” means Facility
A or Facility B.

       

      “Term Lender”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any Original
      Term Lender; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any bank or
      financial institution which has become a Term Lender in accordance with
      Clause 30 (Changes to
      the Lenders) which, in each case, has not ceased to be a Party in
      accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

              

      

       

      “Term Loan” means a Facility A
Loan or a Facility B Loan.

       

      “Total Commitments” means the
aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments, the Total Facility B Commitments
and the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, being US$1,200,000,000 at the
Syndication Date.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          18

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Total Facility A Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being US$1,000,000,000 at the
date of this Agreement.

       

      “Total Facility B Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being US$300,000,000 at the
date of this Agreement.

       

      “Total Revolving Facility
Commitments” means the aggregate of the Revolving Facility Commitments,
being US$1,200,000,000 at the Syndication Date.

       

      “Transfer Certificate” means a
certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate)
or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Parent
Company.

       

      “Transfer Date” means, in
relation to a transfer, the later of:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the proposed
      Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the date on
      which the Facility Agent executes the Transfer
  Certificate.

              

      

       

      “Unfunded Pension Liability”
means the excess of an Employee Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section
4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that plan’s assets, determined
in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Employee Plan pursuant
to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

       

      “US” and “United States” means the
United States of America, its territories, possessions and other areas subject
to the jurisdiction of the United States of America.

       

      “US Borrower” means a Borrower
whose jurisdiction of organisation is a state of the United States of America or
the District of Columbia.

       

      “US GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

       

      “US Guarantor” means a
Guarantor whose jurisdiction of organisation is a state of the United States of
America or the District of Columbia.

       

      “US Obligor” means a US
Borrower or a US Guarantor.

       

      “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due
and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

       

      “Utilisation” means a
utilisation of a Facility.

       

      “Utilisation Date” means the
date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be
made.

       

      “Utilisation Request” means a
notice substantially in the form set out in Part I (Utilisation Request – Term Loans and
Revolving Loan) or Part II (Utilisation Request – Swingline
Loan) of Schedule 3 (Requests).

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          19

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “VAT” means, in respect of the
United Kingdom, value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994,
in respect of Ireland, the Value Added Tax Act 1972 and, in each case, any
regulations promulgated thereunder and any other Tax of a similar
nature.

       

      “Walk-Away Date” has the
meaning set out in the Acquisition Agreement.

       

      
        	
                1.2

              	
                Construction

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                1.2.1

              	
                Unless a
      contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement
      to:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                an “Agent”, the “Facility Agent”, the
      “Euro Swingline
      Agent”, the “Dollar Swingline
      Agent”,  the “Arrangers”, any “Finance Party”, any
      “Lender”, any
      “Obligor” or any
      “Party” shall be
      construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and
      permitted transferees;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                “assets” includes present
      and future properties, revenues and rights of every
      description;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                a “Finance Document” or any
      other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or
      other agreement or instrument as amended or
  novated;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                “indebtedness” includes
      any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the
      payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or
      contingent;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                a “person” includes any
      person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state
      or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate
      legal personality) of two or more of the
  foregoing;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                a “regulation” includes any
      regulation, rule, official directive or guideline (whether or not having
      the force of law but if not having the force of law being of a type which
      any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any
      governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department
      or regulatory, self-regulatory or other similar authority or
      organisation;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                a provision of
      law is a reference to that provision as amended or
    re-enacted;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (h)

              	
                a time of day
      is a reference to London time;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                “Barclays
      Capital” means the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (j)

              	
                the “date of this Agreement”
      (and similar expressions) means 20 February 2007, the date on which this
      Agreement was originally signed.

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  1.2.2

                	
                  
                    Section,
      Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference
      only.

                  

                

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            20

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

      

      
        
          	
                	
                  1.2.3

                	
                  
                    Unless a
      contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or
      in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has
      the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this
      Agreement.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        
          	
                	
                  1.2.4

                	
                  
                    A Default or
      an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has
      not been remedied or waived.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                1.3

              	
                Currency symbols and
      definitions

              

      

       

      “$” and “dollars”, “US Dollars” and “US$” denote lawful currency of
the United States of America.

       

      “EUR” and “euro” means the single
currency unit of the Participating Member States.

       

      “£” and “sterling” denote lawful
currency of the United Kingdom.

       

      
        	
                1.4

              	
                Third party
      rights

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    1.4.1

                  

                	
                  
                    Unless
      expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is
      not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
      1999 (the “Third Parties
      Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this
      Agreement.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        
          	
                	
                  
                    1.4.2

                  

                	
                  
                    Notwithstanding
      any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a
      Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any
      time.

                  

                

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            21

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

      

      SECTION
2

      THE
FACILITIES

       

      
        	
                2.

              	
                THE
      FACILITIES

              

      

       

      
        	
                2.1

              	
                Grant of Facility
      A

              

      

       

      Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, the Facility A Lenders make available to the Borrowers a term
loan facility in the Base Currency in an aggregate amount equal to the Total
Facility A Commitments.

       

      
        	
                2.2

              	
                Grant of Facility
      B

              

      

       

      Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, the Facility B Lenders make available to the Borrowers a term
loan facility in the Base Currency in an aggregate amount equal to the Total
Facility B Commitments.

       

      
        	
                2.3

              	
                Grant of Revolving
      Facility

              

      

       

      Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, the Revolving Lenders make available to the Borrowers a
multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total
Revolving Facility Commitments.  The Revolving Facility incorporates
the Swingline Facility as set out in Clause 6 (Utilisation – Swingline
Loans) and Clause 7 (Swingline
Loans).

       

      
        	
                2.4

              	
                Finance Parties’ rights and
      obligations

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                2.4.1

              	
                The
      obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are
      several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations
      under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other
      Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is
      responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the
      Finance Documents.

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      2.4.2

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    The rights of
      each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are
      separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance
      Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and
      independent debt.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      2.4.3

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    A Finance
      Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately
      enforce its rights under the Finance
  Documents.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                3.

              	
                PURPOSE

              

      

       

      
        	
                3.1

              	
                Purpose

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      3.1.1

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    Each Borrower
      shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under a Term Facility
      towards:

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                financing the
      purchase price payable in respect of the Acquisition including related
      fees and transaction costs; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                refinancing
      any existing indebtedness of New River and its
    Subsidiaries.

              

      

      
         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            22

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      3.1.2

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    Each Borrower
      shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility
      towards:

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                financing the
      balance of the consideration payable in respect of the Acquisition after
      the application of amounts drawn under the Term Loans, including related
      costs and expenses (including but not limited to legal costs and expenses
      (plus amounts in respect of any VAT thereon) incurred in relation to this
      Agreement and related documentation and any fees payable by such Borrower
      under this Agreement) and syndication
costs;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the making of
      certain milestone payments;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                refinancing
      indebtedness outstanding under the 2005
  Agreement;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 

              	
                (d)

              	
                refinancing
      existing indebtedness of New River and its Subsidiaries;
    and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                financing the
      general corporate purposes of the
Group.

              

      

      
         

        
        

      

      
        	
                3.2

              	
                Monitoring

              

      

       

      No Finance Party is
bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to
this Agreement.

       

      
        	
                4.

              	
                CONDITIONS
      OF UTILISATION

              

      

       

      
        	
                4.1

              	
                Initial conditions
      precedent

              

      

       

      No Borrower (nor the
Parent Company) may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has
received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2
(Conditions precedent)
in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent acting
reasonably.  The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent Company and
the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

       

      
        	
                4.2

              	
                Certain Funds Utilisation
      conditions precedent

              

      

       

      No Borrower (nor the
Parent Company) may deliver a Utilisation Request in respect of a Certain Funds
Utilisation unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and
other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form
and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent acting
reasonably.  The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent Company and
the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

       

      
        	
                4.3

              	
                Further conditions
      precedent

              

      

       

      The Lenders will be
obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in
relation to a Loan (other than one to which Clause 4.7 (Loans during the Certain Funds
Period) applies) only if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on
the proposed Utilisation Date:

      
         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            23

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      4.3.1

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    in the case of
      a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
      would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no
      Default is continuing or will result from the proposed Loan;
      and

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      4.3.2

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    the Repeating
      Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material
      respects.

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                4.4

              	
                Conditions relating to Optional
      Currencies

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    4.4.1

                  

                	
                  
                    A currency
      will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Revolving Loan if it
      is sterling or euro or it is:

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                readily
      available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base
      Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the
      Utilisation Date for that Revolving Loan;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                a currency
      which has been approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions
      of all the Revolving Lenders acting reasonably) on or prior to receipt by
      the Facility Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Revolving
      Loan.

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        4.4.2

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      If the
      Facility Agent has received a written request from the Parent Company for
      a currency to be approved under sub-clause 4.4.1 above, the Facility Agent
      will confirm to the Parent Company by the Specified
      Time:

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                whether or not
      the Revolving Lenders have granted their approval;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                if approval
      has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Utilisation in
      that currency which will be an amount equivalent to US$10,000,000 (rounded
      to the nearest 1,000,000).

              

      

       

      
        	
                4.5

              	
                Maximum number of
      Loans

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        4.5.1

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      A Borrower may
      not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed
      Utilisation 16 or more Loans would be outstanding unless otherwise agreed
      by the Parent Company and the Facility
  Agent.

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        
          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        4.5.2

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      Any Loan made
      by a single Lender under Clause 8.3 (Revocation of Currency)
      shall not be taken into account in this Clause
  4.5.

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        	
                4.6

              	
                Maximum number of
      currencies

              

      

       

      A Borrower may not
deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation Loans
denominated in 7 or more currencies would be outstanding unless otherwise agreed
by the Parent Company and the Facility Agent.

       

      
        	
                4.7

              	
                Utilisations during the Certain
      Funds Period

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        4.7.1

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      Subject to
      Clause 4.1 (Initial
      conditions precedent) (other than in respect of 3(g) of Part I of
      Schedule 2 (Conditions
      precedent)), during the Certain Funds Period, the
      

                    

                  

          

          
            
               

              
                
                  
                  

                

                
                  24

                  
                    

                  

                

                
                  
                  

                

              

               

              
                	
                      	
                        
                           

                        

                      	
                        
                          Lenders shall
      be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)
      in relation to a Certain Funds Utilisation, unless on the date of the
      Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation
      Date:

                        

                      

              

               

            

          

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                a Major Event
      of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed
      Utilisation;

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                  (b)

                	
                  
                    a Major
      Representation is untrue or misleading;
  and

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                a change of
      control (as described in Clause 12.1 (Mandatory Prepayment on Change
      of Control) has occurred.

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        4.7.2

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      During the
      Certain Funds Period (save in circumstances where, pursuant to sub-clause
      4.7.1 above, a Lender is not obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)
      and subject as provided in Clause 11.1 (Illegality)), none of
      the Finance Parties shall be entitled
to:

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                cancel any of
      its Commitments to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making
      of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                rescind,
      terminate or cancel this Agreement or any of the Facilities or exercise
      any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance
      Documents it may have to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the
      making of a Certain Funds
Utilisation;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                refuse to
      participate in the making of a Certain Funds
  Utilisation;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                exercise any
      right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of a Utilisation to the extent
      to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                cancel,
      accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing hereunder
      or under any other Finance Document to the extent to do so would prevent
      or limit the making of a Certain Funds
  Utilisation,

              

      

       

      provided that, immediately
upon the expiry of the Certain Funds Period, all such rights, remedies and
entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding that they
may not have been used or been available for use during the Certain Funds
Period.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          25

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
3

      UTILISATION

       

      
        	
                5.

              	
                UTILISATION
      – PROCEDURE

              

      

       

      
        	
                5.1

              	
                Delivery of a Utilisation
      Request

              

      

       

      A Borrower may
utilise a Facility (other than for the purpose of drawing Swingline Loans which
may be drawn in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request
for Swingline Loans)) by delivery by it (or the Parent Company on behalf
of the Borrower) to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request
not later than the Specified Time.

       

      
        	
                5.2

              	
                Completion of a Utilisation
      Request

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        5.2.1

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      Each
      Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 5.1
      (Delivery of a
      Utilisation Request) is irrevocable and will not be regarded as
      having been duly completed
unless:

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                it identifies
      the Facility to be utilised;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the proposed
      Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period
      applicable to that Facility;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                the currency
      and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                the proposed
      Interest Period complies with Clause 16 (Interest
      Periods).

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    5.2.2

                  

                

              	
                Only one Loan
      may be requested in each Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility
      Agent pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation
      Request).

              

      

       

      
        	
                5.3

              	
                Currency and
      amount

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    5.3.1

                  

                

              	
                The currency
      specified in a Utilisation Request delivered to the Facility Agent
      pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation
      Request) for the purpose of drawing Loans must be the Base Currency
      or, in the case of the Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency or an
      Optional Currency.

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                      
                        5.3.2

                      

                    

                  

                	
                  
                    The amount of
      the proposed Loan must be:

                  

                

        

        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        
                          (a)

                        

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      
                        an amount
      equal to US$10,000,000 for Facility A or, if less, the Available Facility;
      or

                      

                    

                  

          

           

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                an amount
      equal to US$10,000,000 for Facility B or, if less, the Available Facility;
      or

              

      

      
        
           

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                        
                          (c)

                        

                      

                    

                  	
                    
                      
                        
                          for the
      Revolving
Facility:

                        

                      

                    

                  

          

          
            
               

              
                	
                      	
                        
                          
                            
                              (i)

                            

                          

                        

                      	
                        
                          
                            
                              
                                if the
      currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of US$10,000,000 or, if
      less, the Available Facility;
  or

                              

                            

                          

                        

                      

              

              
                
                   

                  
                    
                      
                      

                    

                    
                      26

                      
                        

                      

                    

                    
                      
                      

                    

                  

                   

                  
                    	
                          	
                            
                              
                                
                                  (ii)

                                

                              

                            

                          	
                            
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      if the
      currency selected is euro, a minimum of the euro equivalent of
      US$10,000,000 (rounded to the nearest 1,000,000) or, if the currency
      selected is sterling, a minimum of the sterling equivalent of
      US$10,000,000 (rounded to the nearest 1,000,000) or, if the currency
      selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or sterling, the minimum
      amount specified by the Agent pursuant to sub-clause 4.4.2(b) of Clause
      4.4 (Conditions relating
      to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available
      Facility.

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                          

                  

                   

                

              

            

          

        

      

      
        	
                5.4

              	
                Lenders’
      participation

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    5.4.1

                  

                

              	
                If the
      conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make
      its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through
      its Facility Office.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    5.4.2

                  

                

              	
                Subject to
      Clause 8.3 (Revocation
      of Currency), the amount of each Lender’s participation in each
      Loan (not being a Swingline Loan) will be equal to the proportion borne by
      its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to
      making the Loan.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    5.4.3

                  

                

              	
                The Facility
      Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Revolving Loan
      which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each
      Revolving Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of
      each Revolving Loan and the amount of its participation in that Revolving
      Loan, in each case by the Specified
Time.

              

      

       

      
        	
                6.

              	
                UTILISATION
      – SWINGLINE LOANS

              

      

       

      
        	
                6.1

              	
                General

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.1.1

                  

                

              	
                In this Clause
      and Clause 7 (Swingline
      Loans):

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                “Available Swingline
      Commitment” of a Swingline Lender means (but without limiting
      sub-clause 6.4.5 of Clause 6.4 (Swingline Lenders’
      participation) and Clause 6.5 (Relationship with Revolving
      Facility)) that Lender’s Swingline Commitment
  minus:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                the Base
      Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Swingline Loans;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in relation to
      any proposed Utilisation under the Swingline Facility, the Base Currency
      Amount of its participation in any Swingline Loans that are due to be made
      under the Swingline Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation
      Date,

              

      

       

      other than that
Lender’s participation in any Swingline Loans that are due to be repaid or
prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                “Available Swingline
      Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Swingline
      Lender’s Available Swingline
Commitment.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          27

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                “Euro Swingline Business
      Day” means any TARGET Day which is also a Business
    Day.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                “Euro Swingline Rate”
      means, in relation to a Euro Swingline Loan, the percentage rate per annum
      which is the aggregate of:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                the arithmetic
      mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to
      the Euro Swingline Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to
      leading banks in the European interbank market as at the time the Euro
      Swingline Agent notifies the relevant Swingline Lenders of details of the
      participation of the relevant Swingline Lenders in accordance with
      sub-clause 6.4.4 of Clause 6.4 (Swingline Lenders’
      participation) on the Utilisation Date for that Euro Swingline Loan
      for the offering of deposits in euro for a period comparable to the
      Interest Period for the relevant Euro Swingline Loan and for settlement on
      that day;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                the Margin;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (iii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                Mandatory Cost
      (if any).

              

      

       

      For the purposes of
this Clause, the Reference Banks are the principal offices in London of Citibank
International plc, Barclays Bank PLC and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc or such
other banks as may be appointed by the Euro Swingline Agent in consultation with
the Parent Company.

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                “Federal Funds Rate”
      means, in relation to any day, the rate per annum equal
  to:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                the weighted
      average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members
      of the US Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
      published for that day (or, if that day is not a New York Business Day,
      for the immediately preceding New York Business Day) by the Federal
      Reserve Bank of New York; or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                if a rate is
      not so published for any day which is a New York Business Day, the average
      of the quotations for that day on such transactions received by the Dollar
      Swingline Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognised standing
      selected by the Dollar Swingline
Agent.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                “New York Business Day”
      means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for
      general business in New York City.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                “Overall Commitment” of a
      Lender means:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                its Revolving
      Facility Commitment; or

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          28

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in the case of
      a Swingline Lender which does not have a Revolving Facility Commitment,
      the Revolving Facility Commitment of a Lender which is its
      Affiliate.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (h)

              	
                “Total Swingline
      Commitments” means the aggregate of the Swingline Commitments,
      being US$250,000,000 at the Syndication
Date.

              

      

       

      For the avoidance of
doubt, the amounts set out in Part II of Schedule 2 (The Lenders) of the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement aggregate to form the Total Swingline
Commitments and the amounts set out in Part III of Schedule 2 (The Lenders) of the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement aggregate to form the Total Swingline
Commitments, however amounts under both Part II and Part III of Schedule 2
(The Lenders) of the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement do not aggregate to form the Total Swingline
Commitments.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.1.2

                  

                

              	
                Any reference
      in this Agreement to:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                an “Interest Period”
      includes each period determined under this Agreement by reference to which
      interest on a Swingline Loan is calculated;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                a “Lender” includes a
      Dollar Swingline Lender and a Euro Swingline Lender unless the context
      otherwise requires.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  6.1.3

                

              	
                 

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                Clauses 4.3
      (Further conditions
      precedent) and 4.4 (Conditions relating to
      optional currencies);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                Clause 5
      (Utilisation –
      Procedure);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                Clause 8
      (Selection of
      currencies);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                Clause 15
      (Interest) as it
      applies to the calculation of interest on a Loan but not default interest
      on an overdue amount; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                Clause 17
      (Changes to the
      calculation of interest),

              

      

       

      do not apply to
Swingline Loans.

       

      
        	
                6.2

              	
                Delivery of a Utilisation
      Request for Swingline Loans

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.2.1

                  

                

              	
                A Borrower may
      utilise the Swingline Facility by delivery by it (or the Parent Company on
      behalf of a Borrower) to the relevant Swingline Agent (copied to the
      Facility Agent) of a duly completed Utilisation Request in the form of
      Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests) not later
      than the Specified Time.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.2.2

                  

                

              	
                Each
      Utilisation Request:

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          29

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                for a Dollar
      Swingline Loan must be sent to the Dollar Swingline Agent to the address
      in New York notified by the Dollar Swingline Agent for this purpose;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                for a Euro
      Swingline Loan must be sent to the Euro Swingline Agent to the address in
      London notified by the Euro Swingline Agent for this
    purpose.

              

      

       

      
        	
                6.3

              	
                Completion of a Utilisation
      Request for Swingline Loans

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.3.1

                  

                

              	
                Each
      Utilisation Request for a Swingline Loan is irrevocable and will not be
      regarded as having been duly completed
unless:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                it identifies
      the Borrower;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                it specifies
      that it is for a Dollar Swingline Loan or a Euro Swingline
      Loan;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                the proposed
      Utilisation Date is:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in relation to
      a Dollar Swingline Loan, is a New York Business Day;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in relation to
      a Euro Swingline Loan, is a Euro Swingline Business
  Day;

              

      

       

      within the
Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Facility;

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                the Swingline
      Loan is:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in relation to
      a Dollar Swingline Loan denominated in US Dollars;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                in relation to
      a Euro Swingline Loan denominated in
euro;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                the amount of
      the proposed Swingline Loan is an amount whose Base Currency Amount is not
      more than the Available Swingline Facility and is a minimum of
      US$10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Swingline Facility;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                the proposed
      Interest Period:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                does not
      overrun the Revolving Facility Maturity
Date;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                is a period of
      not more than five New York Business Days (in relation to a Dollar
      Swingline Loan) or five Euro Swingline Business Days (in relation to a
      Euro Swingline Loan); and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (iii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                ends on a New
      York Business Day (in relation to a Dollar Swingline Loan) or a Euro
      Swingline Business Day (in relation to a Euro Swingline
    Loan).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.3.2

                  

                

              	
                Only one
      Swingline Loan may be requested in each Utilisation
    Request.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          30

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                6.4

              	
                Swingline Lenders’
      participation

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.4.1

                  

                

              	
                If the
      conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Swingline Lender
      shall make its participation in each Swingline Loan available through its
      relevant Facility Office.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.4.2

                  

                

              	
                The Swingline
      Lenders will only be obliged to comply with sub-clause 6.4.1 above if on
      the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation
      Date:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                no Default is
      continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;
    and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the Repeating
      Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material
      respects.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.4.3

                  

                

              	
                The amount of
      each Swingline Lender’s participation in each Swingline Loan will be equal
      to the proportion borne by its Available Swingline Commitment to the
      Available Swingline Facility immediately prior to making the Swingline
      Loan, adjusted to take account of any limit applying under Clause 6.5
      (Relationship with
      Revolving Facility).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.4.4

                  

                

              	
                The relevant
      Swingline Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each relevant
      Swingline Loan and notify each relevant Swingline Lender of the amount of
      each relevant Swingline Loan and its participation in that relevant
      Swingline Loan by the Specified
Time.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.4.5

                  

                

              	
                Utilisation by
      a Borrower of the Euro Swingline Facility shall reduce the Available
      Swingline Commitment in respect of the Dollar Swingline Facility rateably
      by an amount equivalent to the Base Currency Amount of that Utilisation,
      Utilisation by a Borrower of the Dollar Swingline Facility shall reduce
      the Available Swingline Commitment in respect of the Euro Swingline
      Facility rateably by an amount equivalent to the Base Currency Amount of
      that Utilisation.

              

      

       

      
        	
                6.5

              	
                Relationship with Revolving
      Facility

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.5.1

                  

                

              	
                This Clause
      applies when a Swingline Loan is outstanding or is to be
      borrowed.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.5.2

                  

                

              	
                The Revolving
      Facility may be used by way of Swingline Loans.  The Swingline
      Facility is not independent of the Revolving
  Facility.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.5.3

                  

                

              	
                Notwithstanding
      any other term of this Agreement a Lender is only obliged to participate
      in a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan to the extent that it would not
      result in the Base Currency Amount of its participation and that of a
      Lender which is its Affiliate in the Revolving Loans, the Dollar Swingline
      Loans and the Euro Swingline Loans exceeding its Overall
      Commitment.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.5.4

                  

                

              	
                Where, but for
      the operation of sub-clause 6.5.3 above, the Base Currency Amount of a
      Lender’s participation and that of a Lender which is its Affiliate in the
      Revolving Loans, the Dollar Swingline Loans and the Euro Swingline Loans
      would have exceeded its Overall Commitment, the excess will be apportioned
      among the other Lenders participating in the relevant Loan pro rata according to
      their relevant Commitments.  This calculation will be applied as
      often as necessary until the Loan is

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          31

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       

                    

                  

                	
                  apportioned
      among the relevant Lenders in a manner consistent with sub-clause 6.5.3
      above.

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    6.5.5

                  

                

              	
                The amount of
      a proposed Dollar Swingline Loan or, as the case may be, the Base Currency
      Amount of a proposed Euro Swingline Loan must not, when aggregated with
      the Base Currency Amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans, exceed the
      Total Swingline Commitments.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.

              	
                SWINGLINE
      LOANS 

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.1

              	
                Swingline

              

      

       

      Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, the Swingline Lenders make available to the Borrowers a
swingline loan facility comprising:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.1.1

                  

                

              	
                a dollar
      swingline loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total
      Swingline Commitments; and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.1.2

                  

                

              	
                a euro
      swingline loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the euro
      equivalent of the Total Swingline
Commitments.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.2

              	
                Purpose

              

      

       

      Each Borrower shall
apply all amounts borrowed by it under each of the Dollar Swingline Facility and
the Euro Swingline Facility towards short-term general corporate
borrowings.  A Swingline Loan may not be applied in repayment or
prepayment of another Swingline Loan.

       

      
        	
                7.3

              	
                Repayment

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.3.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Borrower
      that has drawn a Swingline Loan shall repay that Swingline Loan on the
      last day of its Interest Period.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.3.2

                  

                

              	
                If a Swingline
      Loan is not repaid in full on its due date and the repayment of which is
      not otherwise funded under the Revolving Facility, the relevant Swingline
      Agent shall (if requested to do so in writing by any affected Swingline
      Lender) set a date (the “Loss Sharing Date”) on
      which payments shall be made between the Lenders to re-distribute the
      unpaid amount between them.  The relevant Swingline Agent shall
      give at least 3 Business Days’ notice to each affected Lender of the Loss
      Sharing Date and notify it of the amounts to be paid or received by
      it.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.3.3

                  

                

              	
                On the Loss
      Sharing Date each Lender must pay to the relevant Swingline Agent its
      proportion of the Unpaid Amount minus its (or its Affiliate’s) Unpaid
      Swingline Participation (if any).  If this produces a negative
      figure for a Lender no amount need be paid by that
  Lender.

              

      

       

      The “Proportion” of a Lender means
the proportion borne by:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                its Revolving
      Facility Commitment (or, if the Total Revolving Facility Commitments are
      then zero, its Revolving Facility Commitment immediately prior to their
      reduction to zero) minus the Base Currency Amount of its
  

              

      

      
         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            32

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                   

                	
                  participation
      (or that of a Lender which is its Affiliate) in any outstanding Revolving
      Loans (but ignoring its (or its Affiliate’s) participation in the unpaid
      Swingline Loan); to

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the Total
      Revolving Facility Commitments (or, if the Total Revolving Facility
      Commitments are then zero, the Total Revolving Facility Commitments
      immediately prior to their reduction to zero) minus any outstanding
      Revolving Loans (but ignoring the unpaid Swingline
  Loan).

              

      

       

      The “Unpaid Amount” means, in
relation to a Swingline Loan, any principal not repaid and/or any interest
accrued but unpaid on that Swingline Loan calculated from the Utilisation Date
to the Loss Sharing Date.

       

      The “Unpaid Swingline
Participation” of a Lender means that part of the Unpaid Amount (if any)
owed to that Lender (or its Affiliate) (before any redistribution under this
Clause 7.3 (Repayment)).

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.3.4

                  

                

              	
                Out of the
      funds received by the relevant Swingline Agent pursuant to sub-clause
      7.3.3 the relevant Swingline Agent shall pay to each Swingline Lender an
      amount equal to the Shortfall (if any) of that Swingline Lender
      where:

              

      

       

      The “Shortfall” of a Swingline
Lender is an amount equal to its Unpaid Swingline Participation minus its (or
its Affiliate’s) Proportion of the Unpaid Amount.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.3.5

                  

                

              	
                If the amount
      actually received by the relevant Swingline Agent from the Lenders is
      insufficient to pay the full amount of the Shortfall of all Dollar
      Swingline Lenders or, as the case may be, all Euro Swingline Lenders then
      the amount actually received will be distributed amongst the Dollar
      Swingline Lenders or, as the case may be, all Euro Swingline Lenders pro rata to the
      Shortfall of each Dollar Swingline Lender or, as the case may be, Euro
      Swingline Lender.

              

      

      
        
          
             

            
              	
                    	
                      
                        
                          7.3.6

                        

                      

                    	
                       

                    

            

             

          

        

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                On a payment
      under sub-clauses 7.3.2 to 7.3.5 above, the paying Lender will be
      subrogated to the rights of the Swingline Lenders which have shared in the
      payment received.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                If and to the
      extent a paying Lender is not able to rely on its rights under
      sub-paragraph (a) above, the relevant Borrower shall be liable to the
      paying Lender for a debt equal to the amount the paying Lender has paid
      under sub-clauses 7.3.2 to 7.3.5
above.

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                Any payment
      under sub-clauses 7.3.2 to 7.3.5 above does not reduce the obligations in
      aggregate of any Obligor.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.4

              	
                Voluntary prepayment of
      Swingline Loans

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.4.1

                  

                

              	
                The Borrower
      to which a Swingline Loan has been made may prepay at any time the whole
      of that Swingline Loan.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          33

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.4.2

                  

                

              	
                Unless a
      contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Swingline
      Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms
      of this Agreement.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.5

              	
                Interest

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.5.1

                  

                

              	
                The rate of
      interest on each Dollar Swingline Loan for any day during its Interest
      Period is the higher of:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the prime
      commercial lending rate in US Dollars announced by the Dollar Swingline
      Agent at the Specified Time and in force on that day;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                0.5 per
      cent. per annum over the rate per annum determined by the Dollar Swingline
      Agent to be the Federal Funds Rate (as published by the Federal Reserve
      Bank of New York) for that day.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.5.2

                  

                

              	
                The rate of
      interest on each Euro Swingline Loan for its Interest Period is the Euro
      Swingline Rate.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.5.3

                  

                

              	
                The Dollar
      Swingline Agent or, as the case may be, the Euro Swingline Agent shall
      promptly notify the Dollar Swingline Lenders or, as the case may be, the
      Euro Swingline Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of
      the rate of interest under sub-clauses 7.5.1 or 7.5.2
    above.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.5.4

                  

                

              	
                If any day
      during an Interest Period for a Dollar Swingline Advance is not a New York
      Business Day, the rate of interest on such Dollar Swingline Loan on that
      day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding New York
      Business Day.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.5.5

                  

                

              	
                Each Borrower
      shall pay accrued interest on each Swingline Loan made to it on the last
      day of its Interest Period.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.6

              	
                Interest
      Period

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.6.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Swingline
      Loan has one Interest Period only.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.6.2

                  

                

              	
                The Interest
      Period for a Swingline Loan must be selected in the relevant Utilisation
      Request.

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.7

              	
                Dollar Swingline Agent, Euro
      Swingline Agent

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.7.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Swingline
      Agent may perform its duties in respect of the Dollar Swingline Facility
      or the Euro Swingline Facility, as the case may be, through an Affiliate
      or Affiliates acting as its agent.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.7.2

                  

                

              	
                Notwithstanding
      any other term of this Agreement and without limiting the liability of any
      Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Euro Swingline Lender shall (in
      proportion to its share of the Total Swingline Commitments or, if the
      Total Swingline Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total
      Swingline Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) pay to
      or indemnify the Euro Swingline Agent, within three Business Days of
      demand, for or against any cost, loss or liability
  

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          34

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       

                    

                  

                	
                  incurred by
      the Euro Swingline Agent or any Affiliate of the Euro Swingline Agent
      (other than by reason of the Euro Swingline Agent’s or such Affiliate’s
      gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Euro Swingline
      Agent (unless the Euro Swingline Agent or such Affiliate has been
      reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to this
  Agreement).

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.7.3

                  

                

              	
                Notwithstanding
      any other term of this Agreement and without limiting the liability of any
      Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Dollar Swingline Lender shall
      (in proportion to its share of the Total Swingline Commitments or, if the
      Total Swingline Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total
      Swingline Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) pay to
      or indemnify the Dollar Swingline Agent, within three Business Days of
      demand, for or against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Dollar
      Swingline Agent or any Affiliate of the Dollar Swingline Agent (other than
      by reason of the Dollar Swingline Agent’s or such Affiliate’s gross
      negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Dollar Swingline Agent
      (unless the Dollar Swingline Agent or such Affiliate has been reimbursed
      by an Obligor pursuant to this
Agreement).

              

      

       

      
        	
                7.8

              	
                Conditions of assignment or
      transfer

              

      

       

      Notwithstanding any
other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its
Overall Commitment is not less than:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.8.1

                  

                

              	
                its Swingline
      Commitment; or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    7.8.2

                  

                

              	
                if it does not
      have a Swingline Commitment, the Swingline Commitment of a Lender which is
      its Affiliate.

              

      

       

      
        	
                8.

              	
                SELECTION
      OF CURRENCIES

              

      

       

      
        	
                8.1

              	
                Availability of Optional
      Currencies

              

      

       

      A Borrower may
request that a Revolving Loan be denominated in an Optional Currency in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.4 (Conditions relating to Optional
Currencies).

       

      
        	
                8.2

              	
                Selection

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    8.2.1

                  

                

              	
                A Borrower (or
      the Parent Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select the currency of a
      Revolving Loan for an Interest Period in the relevant Utilisation
      Request.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    8.2.2

                  

                

              	
                The Facility
      Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the proposed currency or
      currencies of each Revolving Loan promptly after it is
      ascertained.

              

      

       

      
        	
                8.3

              	
                Revocation of
      currency

              

      

       

      Notwithstanding
Clause 8.1 (Availability of
Optional Currencies) and without prejudice to Clause 17.2 (Market disruption) or Clause
11.1 (Illegality), if,
before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day, the Facility Agent receives
notice from a Revolving Lender that:

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          35

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    8.3.1

                  

                

              	
                the Optional
      Currency (other than sterling or euro) requested is not readily available
      to it in the amount required; or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    8.3.2

                  

                

              	
                compliance
      with its obligation to participate in the Revolving Loan in the proposed
      Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to
      it,

              

      

       

      the Facility Agent
shall give notice to the relevant Borrower and to the Revolving Lenders to that
effect before the Specified Time on that day.  In this event, any
Revolving Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 8.3 will be required
to participate in the Revolving Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to
that Revolving Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Loan that
is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Revolving
Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

       

      
        	
                9.

              	
                AMOUNT
      OF OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

              

      

       

      
        	
                9.1

              	
                Drawdowns

              

      

       

      If a Revolving Loan
is to be drawn down in an Optional Currency, the amount of each Revolving
Lender’s participation in that Revolving Loan will be determined by converting
into that currency the Revolving Lender’s participation in the Base Currency
Amount of that Revolving Loan.

       

      
        	
                9.2

              	
                Notification

              

      

       

      The Facility Agent
shall notify the Revolving Lenders and the Parent Company of Optional Currency
amounts (and the applicable Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange) promptly
after they are ascertained.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          36

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
4

      REPAYMENT,
PREPAYMENT, CANCELLATION AND EXTENSION

       

      
        	
                10.

              	
                REPAYMENT

              

      

       

      
        	
                10.1

              	
                Repayment of Term
      Loans

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    10.1.1

                  

                

              	
                The Borrowers
      under Facility A shall repay the aggregate Facility A Loans in instalments
      by repaying on each Facility A Repayment Date the amount set out opposite
      that Facility A Repayment Date
below:

              

      

       

      
        	
                Facility
      A Repayment Date (Months after date of this Agreement)

              	 	
                Repayment
      Instalment

              
	
                12
      months

              	 	
                US$150,000,000

              
	
                24
      months

              	 	
                US$150,000,000

              
	
                36
      months

              	 	
                US$200,000,000

              
	
                48
      months

              	 	
                US$200,000,000

              
	
                Facility A
      Maturity Date

              	 	
                Balance of
      Facility A Loan

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    10.1.2

                  

                

              	
                The Borrowers
      under Facility B shall repay the aggregate Facility B Loan in full on the
      Facility B Maturity Date.

              

      

       

      
        	
                10.2

              	
                Effect of cancellation and
      prepayment on scheduled repayments and
  reductions

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    10.2.1

                  

                

              	
                If any of the
      Facility A Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 11.3 (Voluntary Prepayment of
      Loans) and the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans made to the
      Borrower exceeds the amount of the prepayments, the Parent Company may, if
      it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ notice (or such
      shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree), select which of those
      outstanding Facility A Loans and Repayment Instalments will be wholly or
      partially prepaid.  If the Parent Company fails to deliver such
      notice the Agent shall select the Facility A Loans and Repayment
      Instalments to be wholly or partially
prepaid.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    10.2.2

                  

                

              	
                If any of the
      Facility A Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 12.2 (Mandatory prepayment and
      cancellation out of certain proceeds) then the amount of the
      Repayment Instalment for each Facility A Repayment Date will reduce in
      inverse chronological order by the amount of the Facility A Loan
      repaid.

              

      

       

      
        	
                10.3

              	
                Repayment of Revolving
      Loans

              

      

       

      Each Borrower which
has drawn a Revolving Loan shall repay that Revolving Loan on the last day of
its Interest Period.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          37

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                11.

              	
                ILLEGALITY,
      VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND
CANCELLATION

              

      

       

      
        	
                11.1

              	
                Illegality

              

      

       

      If it becomes
unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its
obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its
participation in any Loan, that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent
upon becoming aware of that event and shall also notify the Facility Agent that
it requires either or both of the following:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    11.1.1

                  

                

              	
                upon the
      Facility Agent notifying the Parent Company, the Commitment of that Lender
      will be immediately cancelled;
and/or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    11.1.2

                  

                

              	
                each Borrower
      shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower
      on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the
      Facility Agent has notified the Parent Company or, if earlier, the date
      specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent
      (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period
      permitted by law).

              

      

       

      
        	
                11.2

              	
                Voluntary
      cancellation

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such
shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole
or any part (being a minimum amount of US$10,000,000) of an Available
Facility.  Any cancellation under this Clause 11.2 shall reduce
the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant
Facility.  If, as a result of any cancellation of the Available
Revolving Facility in relation to the Revolving Facility, the Total Commitments
in relation to the Revolving Facility would be less than the Total Swingline
Commitments then the amount of the Total Swingline Commitments shall reduce so
that they equal the Total Revolving Facility Commitments.  Any such
cancellation of the Total Swingline Commitments shall reduce the Swingline
Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

       

      
        	
                11.3

              	
                Voluntary prepayment of
      Loans

              

      

       

      The Borrower to
which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than
five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree)
prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but, if in part, being an
amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of
US$10,000,000).

       

      
        	
                11.4

              	
                Right of repayment and
      cancellation in relation to a single
  Lender

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    11.4.1

                  

                

              	
                If:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any sum
      payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under
      sub-clause 19.2.4 of Clause 19.2 (Tax gross-up);
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the Parent
      Company receives a demand from the Facility Agent under Clause 19.3 (Tax indemnity) or
      Clause 20.1 (Increased
      costs),

              

      

       

      the Parent Company
may, while the circumstance under paragraph (a) above or the circumstance giving
rise to the notice under paragraph (b) above continues, give the 

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          38

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      Facility Agent
notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to
procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    11.4.2

                  

                

              	
                On receipt of
      a notice from the Parent Company referred to in sub-clause 11.4.1 above
      the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to
      zero.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    11.4.3

                  

                

              	
                On the last
      day of each Interest Period which ends after the Parent Company has given
      notice under sub-clause 11.4.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified
      by the Parent Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is
      outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that
      Loan.

              

      

       

      
        	
                12.

              	
                MANDATORY
      PREPAYMENT

              

      

       

      
        	
                12.1

              	
                Mandatory prepayment on change
      of control

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.1.1

                  

                

              	
                If any person
      or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Parent Company
      (other than pursuant to the 2008 Newco
Scheme):

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the Parent
      Company shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of
      that event;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                a Lender shall
      not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan);
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                if a Lender so
      requires, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 30 days’ notice to
      the Parent Company, cancel that Lender’s Available Commitments and declare
      all outstanding Loans due to such Lender, together with accrued interest,
      and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due
      and payable, whereupon that Lender’s Available Commitment will be
      cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and
      payable.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.1.2

                  

                

              	
                For the
      purpose of sub-clause 12.1.1 above “control”
      means:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the power
      (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or
      otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than one-half of the
      maximum number of votes that may be cast at a general meeting of the
      Parent Company; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the holding of
      more than one-half of the issued share capital of the Parent Company
      (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to
      participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits
      or capital).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.1.3

                  

                

              	
                For the
      purpose of sub clause 12.1.1 above “acting in concert” means
      a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether
      formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition by any
      of them, either directly or indirectly, of shares in the Parent Company,
      to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent
  Company.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          39

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                12.2

              	
                Mandatory prepayment and
      cancellation out of certain
proceeds

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall ensure that all Disposal Proceeds and all Acquisition
      Proceeds are applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities in
      accordance with sub-clause 12.2.2
below.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.2

                  

                

              	
                Any amount to
      be applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities in accordance
      with sub-clause 12.2.1 above shall be applied in the following
      order:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                firstly, in
      cancellation of the Available Commitments under the Term Loans (first in
      cancellation of any Available Commitments under Facility B and then in
      cancellation of any Available Commitments under Facility
    A);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                secondly, in
      prepayment of the Term Loans as contemplated in sub-clause 12.2.3
      below;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                thirdly, in
      cancellation of Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility (and
      the Available Commitments of the Revolving Lenders under the Revolving
      Facility shall be cancelled rateably);
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                fourthly, in
      prepayment of Revolving Loans and Revolving Facility
      Commitments.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.3

                  

                

              	
                A prepayment
      under sub-clause 12.2.1 shall prepay the Term Loans as
      follows:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                in prepayment
      of the Facility B Loans, and, when all amounts outstanding under Facility
      B have been prepaid, in prepayment of the Facility A Loans;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                in relation to
      prepayment of Facility A Loans, reducing the Repayment Instalment for each
      Facility A Repayment Date falling after the date of the prepayment in
      inverse chronological order.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.4

                  

                

              	
                If a date for
      prepayment of a Loan falls otherwise than on the last day of an Interest
      Period, such prepayment may be made on the last day of that Loan’s then
      current Interest Period.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.5

                  

                

              	
                If, as a
      result of any cancellation of Available Commitments or Commitments in
      accordance with sub-clause 12.2.2 above, the Total Commitments in relation
      to the Revolving Facility would be less than the Total Swingline
      Commitments then the amount of the Total Swingline Commitments shall
      reduce so that they equal the Total Commitments in relation to the
      Revolving Facility.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    12.2.6

                  

                

              	
                Any
      cancellation of the Total Commitments in relation to any Facility shall
      reduce the relevant Commitments of the Lenders participating in such
      Facility rateably.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          40

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                13.

              	
                RESTRICTIONS

              

      

       

      
        	
                13.1

              	
                Notices of cancellation and
      prepayment

              

      

       

      Any notice of
cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 13 shall be
irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall
specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is
to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

       

      
        	
                13.2

              	
                Interest and other
      amounts

              

      

       

      Any prepayment under
this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount
prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or
penalty.

       

      
        	
                13.3

              	
                No reborrowing of Term
      Loan

              

      

       

      No Borrower may
reborrow any part of a Term Loan which is prepaid.

       

      
        	
                13.4

              	
                Reborrowing of Revolving
      Facility

              

      

       

      Unless a contrary
indication appears in this Agreement, any part of a Revolving Facility which is
prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

       

      
        	
                13.5

              	
                Prepayment in accordance with
      Agreement

              

      

       

      The Borrowers shall
not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of
the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in
this Agreement.

       

      
        	
                13.6

              	
                No reinstatement of
      Commitments

              

      

       

      No amount of the
Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently
reinstated.

       

      
        	
                13.7

              	
                Facility Agent’s receipt of
      Notices

              

      

       

      If the Facility
Agent receives a notice under this Clause 13 it shall promptly forward a copy of
that notice to either the Parent Company or the affected Lender, as
appropriate.

       

      
        	
                14.

              	
                EXTENSION
      OF FACILITY B

              

      

       

      
        	
                14.1

              	
                Extension
      Notice

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall be entitled to extend Facility B, for an additional period of 364
days.  This right may be exercised by giving notice to the Facility
Agent (the “Extension
Notice”) not more than 60 nor less than 30 days before the Facility B
Maturity Date (in this Clause 14, the “Original Facility B Maturity
Date”).  Such notice shall be made in writing, be unconditional
and binding on the Borrower.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          41

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                14.2

              	
                Notification of Extension
      Notice

              

      

       

      The Facility Agent
shall forward a copy of the Extension Notice to the relevant Lenders as soon as
practicable after receipt of it.

       

      
        	
                14.3

              	
                Extension
      date

              

      

       

      Following delivery
of an Extension Notice pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Extension Notice) above, the
Original Facility B Maturity Date shall be extended to the day which is 364 days
from (and including) the Original Facility B Maturity Date and the Facility B
Maturity Date shall be modified accordingly.

       

      
        	
                14.4

              	
                Extension
      options

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
may not extend the Facility B Maturity Date in accordance with this Agreement
more than once.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          42

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
5

      COSTS
OF UTILISATION

       

      
        	
                15.

              	
                INTEREST

              

      

       

      
        	
                15.1

              	
                Calculation of
      interest

              

      

       

      The rate of interest
on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is
the aggregate of the applicable:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.1.1

                  

                

              	
                Margin;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.1.2

                  

                

              	
                LIBOR;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.1.3

                  

                

              	
                Mandatory
      Cost, if any.

              

      

       

      
        	
                15.2

              	
                Payment of
      interest

              

      

       

      The Borrower to
which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last
day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six
Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the
Interest Period).

       

      
        	
                15.3

              	
                Default
      interest

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.3.1

                  

                

              	
                If an Obligor
      fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due
      date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to
      the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate
      which, subject to sub-clause 15.3.2 below, is one per cent. higher than
      the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during
      the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the
      overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration
      selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).  Any
      interest accruing under this Clause 15.3 shall be immediately payable by
      the Obligor on demand by the Facility
Agent.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.3.2

                  

                

              	
                If any overdue
      amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which
      was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that
      Loan:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the first
      Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the
      unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the rate of
      interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period
      shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if
      the overdue amount had not become
due.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    15.3.3

                  

                

              	
                Default
      interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with
      the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that
      overdue amount but will remain immediately due and
  payable.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          43

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                15.4

              	
                Notification of rates of
      interest

              

      

       

      The Facility Agent
shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Parent Company of the determination of
a rate of interest under this Agreement.

       

      
        	
                16.

              	
                INTEREST
      PERIODS

              

      

       

      
        	
                16.1

              	
                Selection of Interest
      Periods

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.1.1

                  

                

              	
                A Borrower (or
      the Parent Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period
      for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that
  Loan.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.1.2

                  

                

              	
                Subject to
      this Clause 16, a Borrower (or the Parent Company) may select an Interest
      Period of one week, one, two, three or six Months or any other period
      agreed between the Parent Company and the Facility Agent (acting on the
      instructions of all the Lenders), provided that the
      Borrowers (or the Parent Company) may select a maximum of 5 one week
      interest periods in aggregate per
year.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.1.3

                  

                

              	
                Prior to the
      Syndication Date, Interest Periods shall be one Month or such shorter
      period as agreed between the Parent Company and the Facility Agent (acting
      on the instructions of the
Lenders).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.1.4

                  

                

              	
                An Interest
      Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date applicable to
      its Facility.

              

      

       

      
        	
                16.2

              	
                Overrunning of a Maturity
      Date

              

      

       

      If an Interest
Period in respect of a Loan borrowed would otherwise overrun a Maturity Date or
a Facility A Repayment Date applicable to that Loan, it shall be shortened so
that it ends on the Maturity Date or the Facility A Repayment Date (as
applicable).

       

      
        	
                16.3

              	
                Other
      adjustments

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.3.1

                  

                

              	
                If an Interest
      Period is not a period of a number of Months and it would otherwise end on
      a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end
      on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the
      preceding Business Day (if there is
not).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    16.3.2

                  

                

              	
                The Facility
      Agent (after prior consultation with the Lenders) and the Parent Company
      may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the
      adjustment of Interest Periods.

              

      

       

      
        	
                16.4

              	
                Notification

              

      

       

      The Facility Agent
shall notify the relevant Borrower and the Lenders of the duration of each
Interest Period promptly after ascertaining its duration.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          44

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                17.

              	
                CHANGES
      TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

              

      

       

      
        	
                17.1

              	
                Absence of
      quotations

              

      

       

      Subject to Clause
17.2 (Market
disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference
Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on
the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the
quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

       

      
        	
                17.2

              	
                Market
      disruption

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.2.1

                  

                

              	
                If a Market
      Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan (not being a Swingline Loan)
      for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share
      of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is
      the sum of:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the
      Margin;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the rate
      notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and
      in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest
      Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost
      to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever
      source it may reasonably select;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                the Mandatory
      Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the
      Loan.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.2.2

                  

                

              	
                In this
      Agreement “Market
      Disruption Event” means:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                at or about
      noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate
      is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a
      rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant currency
      and Interest Period; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                before close
      of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest
      Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders
      (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50 per cent. of that Loan) that the
      cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market
      would be in excess of LIBOR.

              

      

       

      
        	
                17.3

              	
                Alternative basis of interest
      or funding

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.3.1

                  

                

              	
                If a Market
      Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Parent Company so
      requires, the Facility Agent and the Parent Company shall enter into
      negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to
      agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of
      interest.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.3.2

                  

                

              	
                Any
      alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause 17.3.1 above shall, with
      the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Parent Company, be binding on
      all Parties.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          45

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                17.4

              	
                Break
    Costs

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.4.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Borrower
      shall, within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that
      Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or
      Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of
      an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid
Sum.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    17.4.2

                  

                

              	
                Each Lender
      shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility
      Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for
      any Interest Period in which they
accrue.

              

      

       

      
        	
                18.

              	
                FEES

              

      

       

      
        	
                18.1

              	
                Commitment
      fee

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    18.1.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a
      fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate
  of:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                35 per cent.
      per annum of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment
      under the Revolving Facility for the Availability Period applicable to the
      Revolving Facility; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                20 per cent.
      per annum of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment
      under the Term Facilities for the Availability Period applicable to each
      Term Facility.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    18.1.2

                  

                

              	
                The accrued
      commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrear on the last day of each
      successive period of three Months, which ends during the relevant
      Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if
      cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s
      Commitment at the time the cancellation is
  effective.

              

      

       

      
        	
                18.2

              	
                Front end
      fee

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall pay to the Arrangers a front end fee in the amount and at the times agreed
in a Fee Letter.

       

      
        	
                18.3

              	
                Agency
    fee

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the
amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

       

      
        	
                18.4

              	
                Extension
      fee

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) an extension
fee of 0.10 per cent. of the amount of Facility B which is extended in
accordance with Clause 14 (Extension of Facility B)
following the delivery of an Extension Notice.  Such fee shall be paid
on the date that Facility B is extended.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          46

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
6

      ADDITIONAL
PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

       

      
        	
                19.

              	
                TAX
      GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

              

      

       

      
        	
                19.1

              	
                Definitions

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.1.1

                  

                

              	
                In this
      Agreement:

              

      

       

      “Protected Party” means a
Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make
any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or
receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or
receivable) under a Finance Document.

       

      “Qualifying Lender”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                with respect
      to a payment made by an Obligor incorporated in the United
      Kingdom:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a Lender which
      is beneficially entitled to the interest payable to that Lender in respect
      of an advance under a Finance Document and is a
  Lender:

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                  (1)

                	
                  
                    which is a
      bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the Income Tax Act
      2007) making an advance under a Finance Document;
  or

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (2)

              	
                in respect of
      an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as
      defined for the purpose of section 879 of the Income Tax Act 2007) at the
      time that that advance was made,

              

      

       

      and which is within
the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of
interest made in respect of that advance; or

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a Treaty
      Lender with respect to the United
Kingdom;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                with respect
      to a payment made by an Obligor resident for Tax purposes in
      Ireland:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a Lender which
      is beneficially entitled to the interest payable to that Lender in respect
      of an advance under a Finance Document and
is:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (1)

              	
                an entity
      which is, pursuant to Section 9 of the Irish Central Bank Act 1971,
      licensed to carry on banking business in Ireland and whose Facility Office
      is located in Ireland and which is carrying on a bona fide banking
      business in Ireland for the purposes of Section 246(3)(a) of the Irish
      Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 in circumstances where the payments are made
      from Ireland;

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          47

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (2)

              	
                an authorised
      credit institution under the terms of the Codified Banking Directive
      (2000/12/EC) and has duly established a branch in Ireland or has made all
      necessary notifications to its home state competent authorities required
      thereunder in relation to its intention to carry on banking business in
      Ireland and carries on a bona fide banking business in Ireland for the
      purposes of Section 246(3)(a) of the Irish Taxes Consolidation Act 1997
      and has its Facility Office located in Ireland in circumstances where the
      payments are made from Ireland; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (3)

              	
                a company
      (within the meaning of Section 4 of the Irish Taxes Consolidation Act
      1997) which is resident in and under the laws of a country with which
      Ireland has a double taxation treaty or resident in and under the laws of
      a member state of the European Communities (other than Ireland), provided
      that such company does not provide its commitment through or in connection
      with a branch or agency in Ireland, and where the Lender has provided
      written confirmation of the foregoing before the first payment of interest
      hereunder after the Effective Time;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a Treaty
      Lender with respect to Ireland; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                with respect
      to a payment made by a US Obligor, a Lender which
  is:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a “United
      States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code,
      provided such Lender has timely delivered to the Facility Agent for
      transmission to the Obligor making such payment two original copies of IRS
      Form W-9 (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS
      Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying its status
      as  “United States person”;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                a Treaty
      Lender with respect to the United States of America, provided such Lender
      has timely delivered to the Facility Agent for transmission to the Obligor
      making such payment two original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any
      successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any
      successor form) certifying its entitlement to receive such payments
      without any such deduction or withholdings under a double taxation treaty;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (iii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                entitled to
      receive payments under the Finance Documents without deduction or
      withholding of any United States federal Tax either as a result of such
      payments being effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender of a
      trade or business within the United States or under the portfolio interest
      exemption, provided such Lender has timely delivered to the Facility Agent
      for transmission to the Obligor making such payment two original copies of
      either (1) IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form) either directly or
      under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying that the
      payments 

              

      

      
         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            48

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                   

                	
                  made pursuant
      to the Finance Documents are effectively connected with the conduct by
      that Lender of a trade or business within the United States or (2) IRS
      Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS
      Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) claiming exemption from withholding in
      respect of payments made pursuant to the Finance Documents under the
      portfolio interest exemption and a statement certifying that such Lender
      is not a person described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3) of
      the Code or (3) such other applicable form prescribed by the IRS
      certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to exemption from United States
      withholding tax with respect to all payments to be made to such Lender
      under the Finance Documents.

                

        

         

      

      For the purposes of
paragraph (c) above, in the case of a Lender that is not treated as the
beneficial owner of the payment (or a portion thereof) under Chapter 3 and
related provisions (including Sections 871, 881, 3406, 6401, 6405 and 6409) of
the Code, the term “Lender” shall mean the person who is so treated as the
beneficial owner of the payment (or portion thereof).

       

      “Tax Credit” means a credit
against, relief or remission from, or repayment of any Tax.

       

      “Tax Deduction” means a
deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance
Document.

       

      “Tax Payment” means either the
increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 19.2
(Tax gross-up) or a
payment under Clause 19.3 (Tax
indemnity).

       

      “Treaty Lender”, with respect
to a jurisdiction, means a Lender which is, on the date any relevant payment
falls due, entitled under the provisions of a double taxation treaty (a “Treaty”) in force on that date
to receive payments of interest from a person resident for the purposes of the
relevant Treaty in such jurisdiction without a Tax Deduction (subject to the
completion of any necessary procedural formalities, such as application by a
Lender to HM Revenue & Customs or the Irish Revenue Commissioners, as
appropriate, that payments may be made to that Lender without a Tax
Deduction).

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.1.2

                  

                

              	
                Unless a
      contrary indication appears, in this Clause 19 a reference to “determines”
      or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of
      the person making the
determination.

              

      

       

      
        	
                19.2

              	
                Tax
    gross-up

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Obligor
      shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless
      a Tax Deduction is required by law.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.2

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor is required by
      law to make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or
      the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent
      accordingly.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          49

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.3

                  

                

              	
                Each Lender as
      at the date of this Agreement and as at the Effective Time confirms that
      it is a Qualifying Lender.  This confirmation is given as at the
      date of this Agreement and as at the Effective Time.  A Lender
      which becomes party to this Agreement by means of a Transfer Certificate
      shall confirm therein whether it is or is not a Qualifying
      Lender.  Each Lender which confirmed that it was a Qualifying
      Lender undertakes to notify the Facility Agent and the Parent Company
      promptly upon becoming aware of it ceasing to be a Qualifying Lender
      (other than as a result of any change after it became a Lender under this
      Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of)
      any law or Treaty, or any published practice or concession of any relevant
      Tax authority).  If the Facility Agent receives such
      notification from a Lender it shall notify the Parent Company and the
      relevant Obligor.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.4

                  

                

              	
                If a Tax
      Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the
      payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after
      making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which
      would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been
  required.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.5

                  

                

              	
                An Obligor is
      not required to make an increased payment to a Lender under sub-clause
      19.2.4 above for a Tax Deduction in respect of Tax imposed by the United
      Kingdom, Ireland or the United States from a payment of interest on a Loan
      if, on the date on which the payment falls
due:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the payment
      could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if it
      was a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender), but on that date
      that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a
      result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this
      Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of)
      any law or Treaty, or any published practice or concession of any relevant
      Tax authority; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the relevant
      Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to
      demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without
      the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations, if any,
      under sub-clause 19.2.8 below.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.6

                  

                

              	
                If an Obligor
      is required by law to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that
      Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax
      Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by
      law.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.7

                  

                

              	
                Within thirty
      days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment to the relevant Tax
      authority required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor
      making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the
      Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to
      that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable)
      any appropriate payment paid to the relevant
  authority.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.2.8

                  

                

              	
                A Treaty
      Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender
      is entitled shall co-operate in completing as soon as reasonably
      practicable any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to
      obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax
      Deduction.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          50

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                19.3

              	
                Tax
      indemnity

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.3.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent)
      pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost
      which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or
      indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in
      respect of a Finance Document or the transactions occurring under such
      Finance Document.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.3.2

                  

                

              	
                Sub-clause
      19.3.1 above shall not apply:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                with respect
      to any Tax assessed on a Finance
Party:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                under the law
      of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if
      different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party
      is treated as resident for Tax purposes;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                under the law
      of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is
      located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that
      jurisdiction,

              

      

       

      if in either such
case that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income, profit
or gains received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or
receivable) by that Finance Party or Facility Office; or

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                to the extent
      a loss, liability or cost:

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (i)

                    

                  

                

              	
                is compensated
      for by an increased payment under Clause 19.2 (Tax
      gross-up);

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (ii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                would have
      been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 19.2 (Tax gross-up) but was
      not so compensated for solely because either or both of the exclusions in
      sub-clause 19.2.5 of Clause 19.2 (Tax gross-up) applied;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    
                      (iii)

                    

                  

                

              	
                relates to any
      Tax assessed prior to the date which is 365 days prior to the date on
      which the Protected Party requests such payment from the Parent Company,
      unless a determination of the amount claimed could be made only on or
      after the earlier of those dates.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.3.3

                  

                

              	
                A Protected
      Party making, or intending to make, a claim under sub-clause 19.3.1 above
      shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the loss, liability or cost
      which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the
      Facility Agent shall reasonably promptly notify the Parent
      Company.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.3.4

                  

                

              	
                A Protected
      Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause
      19.3, notify the Facility Agent.

              

      

       

      
        	
                19.4

              	
                Tax
    Credit

              

      

       

      If an Obligor makes
a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          51

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.4.1

                  

                

              	
                a Tax Credit
      is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment
      forms part, or to that Tax Payment;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.4.2

                  

                

              	
                that Finance
      Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit in whole or in
      part,

              

      

       

      the Finance Party
shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines (acting
reasonably) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as
it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the
Obligor.

       

      
        	
                19.5

              	
                Stamp
    taxes

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall pay and, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party
against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all
stamp duty, registration, excise and other similar Taxes payable in respect of
any Finance Document or the transaction occurring under any of them other than
in respect of an assignment or transfer by a Lender.

       

      
        	
                19.6

              	
                VAT

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.6.1

                  

                

              	
                All
      consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any
      Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any amounts in
      respect of VAT.  If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any
      Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that
      Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time
      as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT
      against delivery of an appropriate VAT
invoice.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.6.2

                  

                

              	
                If VAT is
      chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other
      Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a
      Finance Document, and any Party (the “Relevant Party”) is
      required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to
      the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being
      required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration),
      such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same
      time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such
      VAT.  The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an
      amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant Tax authority
      which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that
      supply.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    19.6.3

                  

                

              	
                Where a
      Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any
      costs or expenses, that obligation shall be deemed to extend to all
      amounts in respect of VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the
      costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably
      determines that neither the Finance Party nor any other member of any
      group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or
      repayment of the amount in respect of the
VAT.

              

      

       

      
        	
                19.7

              	
                Survival of
      obligations

              

      

       

      Without prejudice to
the survival of any other section of this Agreement, the agreements and
obligations of each Obligor and each Finance Party contained in this Clause 19
shall survive

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          52

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      the payment in full
by the Obligors of all obligations under this Agreement and the termination of
this Agreement.

       

      
        	
                20.

              	
                INCREASED
      COSTS

              

      

       

      
        	
                20.1

              	
                Increased
      Costs

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.1.1

                  

                

              	
                Subject to
      Clause 20.3 (Exceptions) the Parent
      Company shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Facility
      Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased
      Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result
      of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the judicial or
      generally accepted interpretation or the administration or application of)
      any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made
      after the date of this Agreement.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.1.2

                  

                

              	
                In this
      Agreement “Increased
      Costs” means:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                a reduction in
      the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its
      Affiliate’s) overall capital;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                an additional
      or increased cost; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                a reduction of
      any amount due and payable under any Finance
  Document,

              

      

       

      which is incurred or
suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is
attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding
or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

       

      
        	
                20.2

              	
                Increased Costs
      claims

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.2.1

                  

                

              	
                A Finance
      Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 20.1 (Increased Costs) shall
      notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following
      which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Parent
      Company.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.2.2

                  

                

              	
                Each Finance
      Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent,
      provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased
      Costs.

              

      

       

      
        	
                20.3

              	
                Exceptions

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.3.1

                  

                

              	
                Clause 20.1
      (Increased Costs)
      does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost
  is:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                attributable
      to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an
    Obligor;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                compensated
      for by Clause 19.3 (Tax
      indemnity), Clause 19.5  (Stamp taxes) or Clause
      19.6 (VAT) (or would have
      been compensated for under those clauses but was not so compensated for
      because any of the exclusions, exceptions or carve-outs to such clauses
      applied);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                incurred prior
      to the date which is 365 days prior to the date on which the Finance Party
      makes a claim in accordance with Clause 20.2 (Increased

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          53

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                   
      

                	
                  Costs claims), unless a
      determination of the amount incurred could only be made on or after the
      earlier of those dates;

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                compensated
      for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                attributable
      to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of
      any law or regulation; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                attributable
      to the application of or compliance with the International Convergence of
      Capital Measurement Standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking
      Supervision in June 2004 (“Basel II”), or any
      implementation or transposition thereof, as such implementation or
      transposition is generally envisaged to take place as at the date of this
      Agreement, whether by an EC Directive or the FSA Integrated Prudential
      Sourcebook or other law or regulation, including (without limitation) any
      Increased Cost attributable to Pillar 2 (The Supervisory Review Process)
      of Basel II.  In the event that the implementation or
      transposition of Basel II substantially changes from the implementation
      and transposition as it is envisaged to take place as at the date of this
      Agreement, the Parties undertake to negotiate in good faith any changes to
      this Clause 20 (Increased Costs) which
      may be necessary to reflect any Increased Costs incurred by any Finance
      Parties or any of their Affiliates as a result of those
      changes.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    20.3.2

                  

                

              	
                In this Clause
      20.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the
      same meaning given to the term in Clause 19.1 (Definitions).

              

      

       

      
        	
                21.

              	
                OTHER
      INDEMNITIES

              

      

       

      
        	
                21.1

              	
                Currency
      indemnity

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.1.1

                  

                

              	
                If any sum due
      from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order,
      judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted
      from the currency (the “First Currency”) in
      which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for
      the purpose of:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                making or
      filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                obtaining or
      enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or
      arbitration proceedings,

              

      

       

      that Obligor shall
as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify
each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability
arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy
between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First
Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange
available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.1.2

                  

                

              	
                Each Obligor
      waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under
      the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in
      which it is expressed to be
payable.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          54

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                21.2

              	
                Other
      indemnities

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within five Business Days of
demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability
incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.2.1

                  

                

              	
                the occurrence
      of any Event of Default;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.2.2

                  

                

              	
                a failure by
      an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date,
      including, without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a
      result of Clause 34 (Sharing among the Finance
      Parties);

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.2.3

                  

                

              	
                funding, or
      making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a
      Borrower (or the Parent Company on behalf of a Borrower) in a Utilisation
      Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the
      provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or
      negligence by that Finance Party alone);
or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.2.4

                  

                

              	
                a Loan (or
      part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of
      prepayment given by a Borrower or the Parent
  Company.

              

      

       

      
        	
                21.3

              	
                Indemnity to the Facility
      Agent

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall, within five days of demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against any
cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a
result of:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.3.1

                  

                

              	
                investigating
      any event which it reasonably believes is a
  Default;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.3.2

                  

                

              	
                entering into
      or performing any foreign exchange contract for the purposes of Clause 8.3
      (Revocation of
      Currency); or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    21.3.3

                  

                

              	
                acting or
      relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes
      to be genuine, correct and appropriately
  authorised.

              

      

       

      
        	
                22.

              	
                MITIGATION
      BY THE LENDERS

              

      

       

      
        	
                22.1

              	
                Mitigation

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    22.1.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Finance
      Party shall, in consultation with the Parent Company, take all reasonable
      steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in
      any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant
      to, any of Clause 11.1 (Illegality), Clause 19
      (Tax gross-up and
      indemnities) or Clause 20 (Increased Costs)
      including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations
      under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility
      Office.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    22.1.2

                  

                

              	
                Sub-clause
      22.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor
      under the Finance Documents.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    22.1.3

                  

                

              	
                Each Finance
      Party shall notify the Facility Agent as soon as reasonably practicable
      after it becomes aware that any circumstances of the kind described in
      sub-clause 

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          55

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       
      

                    

                  

                	
                  22.1.1 above
      have arisen or may arise.  The Facility Agent shall notify the
      Parent Company promptly of any such notification from a Finance
      Party.

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                22.2

              	
                Limitation of
      liability

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    22.2.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses
      reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it
      under Clause 22.1 (Mitigation).

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    22.2.2

                  

                

              	
                A Finance
      Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 22.1 (Mitigation) if, in the
      opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be
      prejudicial to it.

              

      

       

      
        	
                23.

              	
                COSTS
      AND EXPENSES

              

      

       

      
        	
                23.1

              	
                Transaction
      expenses

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall promptly on demand pay each Agent and the Arrangers reasonable
professional fees and all out of pocket expenses (including legal fees subject
to any cap referred to in a Fee Letter) properly incurred by any of them in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution
of:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    23.1.1

                  

                

              	
                this Agreement
      and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    23.1.2

                  

                

              	
                any other
      Finance Documents executed after the date of this
    Agreement.

              

      

       

      
        	
                23.2

              	
                Amendment
      costs

              

      

       

      If (a) an Obligor
requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required
pursuant to Clause 35.9 (Change of currency), the
Parent Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse each Agent
for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably
incurred by that Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying
with that request or requirement.

       

      
        	
                23.3

              	
                Enforcement
      costs

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount
of all:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    23.3.1

                  

                

              	
                reasonable
      costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party
      in connection with the preservation;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    23.3.2

                  

                

              	
                costs and
      expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in
      connection with the enforcement,

              

      

       

      of any rights under
any Finance Document.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          56

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
7

      GUARANTEE

       

      
        	
                24.

              	
                GUARANTEE
      AND INDEMNITY

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.1

              	
                Guarantee and
      indemnity

              

      

       

      Each Guarantor
irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.1.1

                  

                

              	
                guarantees to
      each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that
      Borrower’s obligations under the Finance
  Documents;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.1.2

                  

                

              	
                undertakes
      with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount
      when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor
      shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal
      obligor; and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.1.3

                  

                

              	
                indemnifies
      each Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or
      liability suffered by that Finance Party if any obligation guaranteed by
      it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal.  The amount
      of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that
      Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to
    recover.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.2

              	
                Continuing
      guarantee

              

      

       

      This guarantee is a
continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by
any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment
or discharge in whole or in part.

       

      
        	
                24.3

              	
                Reinstatement

              

      

       

      If any payment by an
Obligor or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the
obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise)
is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar
event:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.3.1

                  

                

              	
                the liability
      of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or
      reduction had not occurred; and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.3.2

                  

                

              	
                each Finance
      Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or
      payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or
      reduction had not occurred.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.4

              	
                Waiver of
      defences

              

      

       

      The obligations of
each Guarantor under this Clause 24 will not be affected by an act, omission,
matter or thing which, but for this Clause 24.4, would reduce, release or
prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 24 (without limitation and
whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.1

                  

                

              	
                any time,
      waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other
      person;

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          57

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.2

                  

                

              	
                the release of
      any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition
      or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the
    Group;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.3

                  

                

              	
                the taking,
      variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or
      neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security
      over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or
      non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any
      instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any
      security;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.4

                  

                

              	
                any incapacity
      or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or
      change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other
      person;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.5

                  

                

              	
                any amendment
      (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other
      document or security;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.6

                  

                

              	
                any
      unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person
      under any Finance Document or any other document or security;
      or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.4.7

                  

                

              	
                any insolvency
      or similar proceedings.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.5

              	
                Immediate
      recourse

              

      

       

      Each Guarantor
waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights
or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor
under this Clause 24.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or
any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

       

      
        	
                24.6

              	
                Appropriations

              

      

       

      Until all amounts
which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the
Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any
trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.6.1

                  

                

              	
                refrain from
      applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or
      received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in
      respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and
      order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no
      Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.6.2

                  

                

              	
                hold in an
      interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor
      or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause
      24.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.7

              	
                Deferral of Guarantors’
      rights

              

      

       

      Until all amounts
which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the
Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility
Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have
by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance
Documents:

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          58

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.7.1

                  

                

              	
                to be
      indemnified by an Obligor;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.7.2

                  

                

              	
                to claim any
      contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under
      the Finance Documents; and/or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.7.3

                  

                

              	
                to take the
      benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or
      otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance
      Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in
      connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance
    Party.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.8

              	
                Release of Guarantor’s right of
      contribution

              

      

       

      If any Guarantor (a
“Retiring Guarantor”)
ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents
for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on
the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.8.1

                  

                

              	
                that Retiring
      Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether
      past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a
      contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance
      by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.8.2

                  

                

              	
                each other
      Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of
      its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole
      or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights
      of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security
      taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such
      rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the
      Retiring Guarantor.

              

      

       

      
        	
                24.9

              	
                Additional
      security

              

      

       

      This guarantee is in
addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security
now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

       

      
        	
                24.10

              	
                Limitation on US
      Guarantors

              

      

       

      Any term or
provision of this Clause 24 or any other term in this Agreement or any other
Finance Document notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the
obligations for which any US Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement
shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not
render such US Guarantor’s obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance
under applicable United States federal or state fraudulent conveyance
laws.

       

      
        	
                24.11

              	
                Waiver of defences under Jersey
      law

              

      

       

      Each Obligor
irrevocably and unconditionally waives such right as it may have or claim under
Jersey law:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.11.1

                  

                

              	
                whether by
      virtue of the droit de
      discussion or otherwise to require that recourse be had by any
      Finance Party to the assets of any other Obligor or any other person
      

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          59

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       

                    

                  

                	
                  before any
      claim is enforced against that Obligor in respect of the obligations
      assumed by it under any of the Finance
  Documents;

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.11.2

                  

                

              	
                whether by
      virtue of the droit de
      division or otherwise to require that any liability under any of
      the Finance Documents be divided or apportioned with any other Obligor or
      any other person or reduced in any manner whatsoever;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    24.11.3

                  

                

              	
                to require
      that any other Obligor and/or any other person be joined in, or otherwise
      made a party to, any proceedings brought against it in respect of its
      obligations under any Finance
Document,

              

      

       

      and each Obligor
irrevocably agrees to be bound by its obligations under the Finance Documents
irrespective of whether or not the formalities required by Jersey law relating
to the rights or obligations of sureties have been complied with or
observed.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          60

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      SECTION
8

      REPRESENTATIONS,
UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

       

      
        	
                25.

              	
                REPRESENTATIONS

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.1

              	
                Time of
      Representations

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.1.1

                  

                

              	
                Subject to
      sub-clauses 25.1.2 and 25.1.3 below, each Obligor makes the
      representations and warranties set out in this Clause 25 to each Finance
      Party on the date of this
Agreement.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.1.2

                  

                

              	
                The
      representation given at sub-clause 25.11.3 of Clause 25.11 (No misleading
      information) is made on the Information Memorandum Date and on the
      Syndication Date only, provided that, in relation to the representation to
      be given on the Syndication Date, such representation shall be qualified
      by any matters disclosed by the Parent Company in writing to the Facility
      Agent in the period from the day after the Information Memorandum Date to
      the day before the Syndication
Date.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.1.3

                  

                

              	
                The
      representation given at Clause 25.17 (New Shire) is made on
      the Effective Date.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.2

              	
                Status

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.2.1

                  

                

              	
                It is a
      corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its
      jurisdiction of incorporation.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.2.2

                  

                

              	
                It and each of
      its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business
      as it is being conducted.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.3

              	
                Binding
      obligations

              

      

       

      The obligations
expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to laws or
legal procedures affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and
any other reservations set out in the legal opinions listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) or
delivered in connection with an Obligor’s accession to this Agreement, legal,
valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

       

      
        	
                25.4

              	
                Non-conflict with other
      obligations

              

      

       

      The entry into and
performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents do not and will not conflict with:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.4.1

                  

                

              	
                any law or
      regulation applicable to it;

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.4.2

                  

                

              	
                its or any of
      its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.4.3

                  

                

              	
                any agreement
      or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or
      any of its Subsidiaries’ assets which conflict would reasonably be likely
      to have a Material Adverse Effect.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          61

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                25.5

              	
                Power and
      authority

              

      

       

      It has the power to
enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise
its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and the transactions contemplated for it by those Finance
Documents.

       

      
        	
                25.6

              	
                Validity and admissibility in
      evidence

              

      

       

      All Authorisations
required:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.6.1

                  

                

              	
                to enable it
      lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its
      obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.6.2

                  

                

              	
                to make the
      Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its
      jurisdiction of incorporation,

              

      

       

      (other than as
disclosed in a legal opinion delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Part I
of Schedule 2 (Conditions
precedent) or in connection with an Obligor’s accession to this
Agreement) have been obtained or effected and are in full force and
effect.

       

      
        	
                25.7

              	
                Governing law and
      enforcement

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.7.1

                  

                

              	
                The choice of
      English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be
      recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of
    incorporation.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.7.2

                  

                

              	
                Any judgment
      obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised
      and enforced in its jurisdiction of
  incorporation.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.8

              	
                Deduction of
      Tax

              

      

       

      It is not required
to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make
under any Finance Document to a Qualifying Lender falling within sub-clause
19.1.1(a)(i) of Clause 19.1 (Definitions).

       

      
        	
                25.9

              	
                No filing or stamp
      taxes

              

      

       

      Under the law of its
jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be
filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that
jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar Tax be paid in such
jurisdiction on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents.

       

      
        	
                25.10

              	
                No
    default

              

      

       

      No Event of Default
is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any
Utilisation.

       

      
        	
                25.11

              	
                No misleading
      information

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.11.1

                  

                

              	
                Any factual
      information, including any information which discloses evidence of
      material litigation which is pending or threatened, provided by any member
      of the 

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          62

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       

                    

                  

                	
                  Group to any
      of the Finance Parties prior to the date of this Agreement in connection
      with its entry into this Agreement was true and accurate in all material
      respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at
      which it is stated.

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.11.2

                  

                

              	
                No information
      has been given or withheld that results in the information referred to in
      sub-clause 25.11.1 above being untrue or misleading in any material
      respect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.11.3

                  

                

              	
                Any factual
      information relating to the Group or New River contained in the
      Information Memorandum was true and accurate and complete in all material
      respects as at the date of the Information Memorandum or (as the case may
      be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given and nothing
      has occurred or been omitted which would result in the information being
      inaccurate or misleading in any material
  respect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.11.4

                  

                

              	
                The copy of
      the Acquisition Agreement provided to the Agent by the Company pursuant to
      Schedule 2 (Conditions
      precedent) is true, accurate, and
  complete.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.11.5

                  

                

              	
                As of the date
      of this Agreement, there has been no change in the business or the
      consolidated financial condition of the Group since the date of its last
      audited financial statements that would have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.12

              	
                Financial
      statements

              

      

       

      In the case of the
Parent Company only:

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.12.1

                  

                

              	
                Its Original
      Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently
      applied.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.12.2

                  

                

              	
                Its Original
      Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and
      operations (consolidated) during the relevant financial
    year.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.13

              	
                Pari passu
      ranking

              

      

       

      Its payment
obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of
all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations
mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

       

      
        	
                25.14

              	
                ERISA and Multiemployer
      Plans

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.1

                  

                

              	
                Each Employee
      Plan is in compliance in form and operation with ERISA and the Code and
      all other applicable laws and regulations save where any failure to comply
      would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.2

                  

                

              	
                Each Employee
      Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code
      has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of
      being submitted to the IRS for approval or will be so submitted during the
      applicable remedial amendment period, and nothing has occurred since the
      date of such determination that would reasonably be expected to adversely
      affect such determination (or, in the case of an Employee Plan with no
      determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect
      such qualification) except, in each

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          63

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      
         

        
          	
                	
                  
                    
                       
      

                    

                  

                	
                  case, to the
      extent the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.3

                  

                

              	
                There exists
      no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Employee Plan, except as
      would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.4

                  

                

              	
                Neither any US
      Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred a complete or partial
      withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and if each of the US Obligors and
      each ERISA Affiliate were to withdraw in a complete withdrawal as of the
      date hereof, the aggregate withdrawal liability that would be incurred
      would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.5

                  

                

              	
                There are no
      actions, suits or claims pending against or involving an Employee Plan
      (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the
      Parent Company, any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which
      would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any
      Employee Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be
      expected either singly or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.6

                  

                

              	
                Each US
      Obligor and any ERISA Affiliate has made all material contributions to or
      under each such Employee Plan required by law within the applicable time
      limits prescribed thereby, by the terms of such Employee Plan or any
      contract or by agreement requiring contributions to an Employee Plan save
      where any failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a
      Material Adverse Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.7

                  

                

              	
                Neither any US
      Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as
      to become subject to the provisions of Section 4068(a) of ERISA, withdrawn
      as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of
      Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Employee Plan
      subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions except,
      in each case, to the extent the same would not reasonably be expected to
      have a Material Adverse Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.14.8

                  

                

              	
                Neither any US
      Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to
      incur any liability to PBGC save for any liability for premiums due in the
      ordinary course or other liability which would not reasonably be expected
      to have a Material Adverse Effect.

              

      

       

      
        	
                25.15

              	
                Federal Reserve
      regulations

              

      

       

      None of the proceeds
of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used,
directly or indirectly, in violation of Regulation U or Regulation
X.

       

      
        	
                25.16

              	
                Investment
      Companies

              

      

       

      No Obligor or
Subsidiary of an Obligor is required to be registered as an “investment company”
under the US Investment Company Act 1940.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          64

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                25.17

              	
                New
  Shire

              

      

       

      As a matter of Irish
law, Shire Limited is resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland
on the basis that its place of central management and control is in the
Republic of Ireland.

      
         

      

      
        	
                25.18

              	
                Repetition

              

      

       

      The Repeating
Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts
and circumstances then existing) on:

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.18.1

                  

                

              	
                the date of
      each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period;
      and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    25.18.2

                  

                

              	
                in the case of
      an Additional Obligor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is
      proposed that the company becomes) an Additional
  Obligor.

              

      

       

      
        	
                26.

              	
                INFORMATION
      UNDERTAKINGS

              

      

       

      The undertakings in
this Clause 26 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as
any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in
force.

       

      
        	
                26.1

              	
                Financial
      statements

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the
Lenders:

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.1.1

                  

                

              	
                as soon as the
      same are made public, but in any event within 120 days after the end of
      each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements
      for that financial year; and

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.1.2

                  

                

              	
                as soon as the
      same are made public, but in any event within 90 days after the end of
      each half of each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated
      financial statements for that financial half
  year.

              

      

       

      
        	
                26.2

              	
                Compliance
      Certificate

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.2.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial
      statements delivered pursuant to sub-clauses 26.1.1 and 26.1.2 of Clause
      26.1 (Financial
      statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable
      detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 27 (Financial covenants) as
      at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn
      up.  The first such Compliance Certificate shall be delivered
      for the financial year ending 31 December
2007.

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.2.2

                  

                

              	
                Each
      Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors (one of which is
      the finance director) of the Parent
Company.

              

      

       

      
        	
                26.3

              	
                Requirements as to financial
      statements

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.3.1

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered
      pursuant to Clause 26.1 (Financial statements)
      is prepared using US GAAP.

              

      

      
        
           

          
            
              
              

            

            
              65

              
                

              

            

            
              
              

            

             

          

        

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.3.2

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered
      pursuant to Clause 26.1 (Financial statements)
      is prepared using US GAAP and accounting practices and financial reference
      periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original
      Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial
      statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in
      US GAAP or the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors
      deliver to the Facility Agent:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                a description
      of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the US
      GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which those Original
      Financial Statements were prepared;
and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                sufficient
      information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the
      Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 27
      (Financial
      Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison
      between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and
      those Original Financial
Statements.

              

      

       

      Any reference in
this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference
to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the
Original Financial Statements were prepared.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.3.3

                  

                

              	
                If the Parent
      Company notifies the Facility Agent of a change in accordance with
      sub-clause 26.3.2 above then the Parent Company and Facility Agent shall
      enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to
    agreeing:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                whether or not
      the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial
      effect of any of the terms of this Agreement;
  and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                if so, any
      amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the
      change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect
      of those terms,

              

      

       

      and if any
amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the
Parties in accordance with their terms.

       

      
        	
                26.4

              	
                Information:
      miscellaneous

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if
the Facility Agent so requests):

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.4.1

                  

                

              	
                all documents
      dispatched by the Parent Company to its shareholders (or any class of
      them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are
      dispatched;

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.4.2

                  

                

              	
                copies of any
      public announcement made by the Parent Company which discloses the details
      of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings
      which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group;
      and

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.4.3

                  

                

              	
                promptly, such
      further information as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may
      reasonably request at reasonable times and at reasonable
      intervals.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          66

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                26.5

              	
                Notification of
      default

              

      

       

      Each Obligor shall
notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to
remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor
is aware that a notification has already been provided by another
Obligor).

      
         

      

      
        	
                26.6

              	
                “Know your customer”
      checks

              

      

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.6.1

                  

                

              	
                If:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the
      introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration
      or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this
      Agreement;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any change in
      the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an
      Obligor after the date of this Agreement;
or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                a proposed
      assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations
      under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender (which would be
      permitted under Clause 30 (Changes to the
      Lenders)) prior to such assignment or
  transfer,

              

      

       

      obliges an Agent or
any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender)
to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in
circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it,
each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Agent or any Lender supply,
or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is within
that Obligor’s possession or control reasonably requested by that Agent (for
itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of
the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new
Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event
described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be
satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

       

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.6.2

                  

                

              	
                Each Lender
      shall promptly upon the request of an Agent supply, or procure the supply
      of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by
      the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be
      satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
      similar checks required under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant
      to the transactions contemplated in the Finance
  Documents.

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.6.3

                  

                

              	
                The Parent
      Company shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to
      the Facility Agent, notify the Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify
      the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries
      becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the
      Obligors).

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    26.6.4

                  

                

              	
                Following the
      giving of any notice pursuant to sub-clause 26.6.3 above, if the accession
      of such Additional Obligor obliges an Agent or any Lender to comply with
      “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances
      where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Parent
      Company shall 

              

      

      
         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            67

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

        
          
             

          

          
            	
                  	
                    
                      
                         

                      

                    

                  	
                    promptly upon
      the request of that Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of,
      such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the
      Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or
      on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such
      Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has
      complied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other
      similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
      accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional
      Obligor.

                  

          

          
             

          

        

      

      
        	
                26.7

              	
                “Know your customer”
      confirmation

              

      

       

      Each Lender confirms
as at the date of this Agreement that, under “know your customer” requirements
in existence as at the date of this Agreement, it does not require financial
statements for Obligors other than the Company.

       

      
        	
                27.

              	
                FINANCIAL
      COVENANTS

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
                27.1

              	
                Financial
      definitions

              

      

       

      In this Clause
27:

       

      “Borrowings” means, at any
time, any indebtedness in respect of:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                the principal
      amount of moneys borrowed and any net debit balances at banks after
      application of applicable account pooling
  arrangements;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                the principal
      amount raised under acceptance credit facilities other than acceptances
      relating to the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of
      trading;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                the principal
      amount of any debenture, bond, note, loan stock, commercial paper or other
      securities;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                the
      capitalised element of indebtedness under finance leases or capital leases
      entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the
      acquisition of the asset leased;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                receivables
      sold or discounted other than receivables sold or discounted in the
      ordinary course of trading or on non-recourse
  terms;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                indebtedness
      arising from deferred payment agreements except in the ordinary course of
      trading;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                any fixed or
      minimum premium payable on repayment of any debt
    instrument;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (h)

              	
                principal
      amounts raised under any other transaction having the commercial effect of
      a borrowing; or

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                (without
      double counting) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance for any of
      the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h)
  above.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          68

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “Cash” means, at any
time:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                cash at bank
      denominated in sterling, dollars, euro or other currency freely
      convertible into the Base Currency and freely transferable and credited to
      an account in the name of a member of the Group with a reputable financial
      institution and to which a member of the Group is alone beneficially
      entitled and for so long as that cash is repayable on demand; (i)
      repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any
      other indebtedness of any Group member or of any other person whatsoever
      or on the satisfaction of any other condition; (ii) there is no Security
      over that cash except Security created or constituted pursuant to a
      Finance Document or Security securing obligations of a member of the Group
      granted in favour of another member of the Group; and (iii) such cash is
      freely and immediately available and convertible into the Base Currency to
      be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Borrowings;
    and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                to the extent
      the relevant indebtedness is included in Borrowings, cash collateral
      provided for such indebtedness up to a maximum amount equal to the
      principal amount of such
indebtedness.

              

      

       

      “Cash Equivalent Investments”
means:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                debt
      securities denominated in sterling, dollars, euro or other currency freely
      convertible into the Base Currency issued by, or unconditionally
      guaranteed by, the United Kingdom or the United States of America which
      are not convertible into any other form of security and having not more
      than three months to final
maturity;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                debt
      securities denominated in sterling, dollars or euro or other currency
      freely convertible into the Base Currency which are not convertible into
      any other form of security, and having not more than three months to final
      maturity, at all times rated P-1 (Moody’s Investor Services Inc.) or A-1
      (Standard & Poors’ Corporation) and which are not issued or guaranteed
      by any member of the Group;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                certificates
      of deposit denominated in sterling, dollars or euro or other currency
      freely convertible into the Base Currency issued by, and acceptances by,
      banking institutions authorised under applicable legislation of the United
      Kingdom rated P-1 (Moody’s Investor Services Inc.) or A-1 (Standard &
      Poor’s Corporation); and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                other
      securities (if any) approved in writing by the Facility
    Agent,

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                provided
      that:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                there is no
      Security over the investments referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) above
      except Security created or constituted pursuant to a Finance Document or
      Security securing obligations of a member of the Group granted in favour
      of another member of the Group; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                cash proceeds
      of the investments referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) above are freely
      and immediately available and convertible into the Base Currency to be
      applied in repayment or prepayment of the
  Borrowings.

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          69

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      “EBITDA” means, in respect of
any Relevant Period, consolidated operating income for such period (after giving
effect to the following adjustments, if applicable):

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                before
      deducting any corporation tax or other taxes on income, profits or
      gains;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                before
      deducting interest payable and before adding interest
      receivable;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (c)

              	
                before
      deducting unusual or non-recurring losses or charges, provided
      that:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                to the extent
      such charges include a current or future period cash component, such
      amounts shall be deducted from EBITDA when paid, except for the following
      items which shall not be deducted from
EBITDA:

              

      

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                  (A)

                	
                  
                    any fees and
      expenses relating to the Acquisition (and any other acquisition which
      occurs within 12 months from the date of this Agreement), including
      financial and investment banking fees, in an aggregate amount not in
      excess of US$50,000,000 paid prior to the Facility A Maturity
      Date;

                  

                

        

        
           

          
            	
                     
      

                  	
                    (B)

                  	
                    
                      
                        integration
      and reorganisation costs or claims relating to the Acquisition or the
      acquisition of Transkaryotic (as defined in the 2005 Agreement) (and any
      other acquisition which occurs within 12 months from the date of this
      Agreement), and US reorganisation costs, in an aggregate amount not in
      excess of US$100,000,000 paid prior to the Facility A Maturity
      Date;

                      

                    

                  

          

          
             

            
              	
                       
      

                    	
                      (C)

                    	
                      
                        
                          NRP 104
      Milestone Payments; and

                        

                      

                    

            

            
              
                 

                
                  	
                           
      

                        	
                          (D)

                        	
                          
                            
                              
                                other up-front
      milestone and licensing
  payments,

                              

                            

                          

                        

                

                
                  
                     

                    
                      	
                               
      

                            	
                              (i)

                            	
                              
                                
                                  
                                    
                                      to the extent
      that they are items which on initial recognition are accounted for as an
      expense under US GAAP but are capitalised as intangible assets under
      International Financial Reporting Standards;
      or

                                    

                                  

                                

                              

                            

                    

                    
                      
                         

                        
                          	
                                   
      

                                	
                                  (ii)

                                	
                                  
                                    
                                      
                                        
                                          which do not
      exceed US$100,000,000 paid prior to the Facility A Maturity
      Date,

                                        

                                      

                                    

                                  

                                

                        

                         

                      

                    

                  

                

              

            

          

        

      

      provided that the aggregate
amount of costs in relation to sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (D)(ii) above must
not exceed US$100,000,000 in any 12 month period; and

      
         

        
          	
                   
      

                	
                  (ii)

                	
                  any accruals
      or reserves in the ordinary course of business shall be
      excluded;

                

        

         

      

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (d)

              	
                before adding
      extraordinary gains and non-cash
gains;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (e)

              	
                after
      deducting the amount of net profit (or adding back the amount of net loss)
      of any Group company (other than the Parent Company) which is attributable
      to any third party (other than another Group company) which is a
      shareholder in that Group company;

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          70

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (f)

              	
                after adding
      back the amount of any loss and after deducting the amount of any gain
      against book value arising on a disposal of any asset (other than stock
      disposed of in the ordinary course of
trading);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (g)

              	
                before taking
      into account any unrealised exchange gains and
  losses;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (h)

              	
                after
      deducting any income (to the extent not received in cash) and adding back
      any loss from any associate or joint venture or any other companies in
      which a Group company has a minority
interest;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                before
      deducting any depreciation or
amortisation;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (j)

              	
                before
      deducting any distributions; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (k)

              	
                before
      deducting any non-cash write-offs of in-process research and development,
      goodwill, non-cash stock compensation charges, non-cash stock revaluation
      charges arising on an acquisition and non-cash write-offs of any
      investments, intellectual property or fixed
  assets.

              

      

       

      For the purposes of
sub-clause 27.2.1 of Clause 27.2 (Financial condition) only,
EBITDA shall be adjusted, at any time, on a pro-forma basis to include
businesses or assets acquired in the period and exclude businesses or assets
disposed of in the period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, EBITDA in respect of
the business of New River and its Subsidiaries shall be calculated by
annualising the figures for any Relevant Period during which New River and its
subsidiaries are owned by the Group).

       

      “Liquid Investments” means at
any time:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (a)

              	
                any investment
      in marketable debt obligations for which a recognised trading market
      exists and which are not convertible or exchangeable to any other security
      provided
      that:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                each
      obligation has a credit rating of either A+ or A-1 or higher by Standard
      & Poor’s Corporation (or in each case the equivalent rating including
      the equivalent money market fund rating by Standard & Poor’s
      Corporation) or A1 or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Inc. (or
      in each case the equivalent rating including the equivalent money market
      fund rating by Moody’s Investor Services Inc.) and further provided that no more
      than 25 per cent. of all such investments shall be rated A+ and A-1 by
      Standard & Poor’s Corporation (and in each case the equivalent rating
      including the equivalent money market fund rating by Standard & Poor’s
      Corporation) and A1 and P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Inc. (and in each
      case the equivalent rating including the equivalent money market fund
      rating by Moody’s Investor Services
Inc.);

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (ii)

              	
                each
      obligation is beneficially owned by a member of the
  Group;

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (iii)

              	
                no obligation
      is issued by or guaranteed by a member of the Group;
  and

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          71

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (iv)

              	
                there is no
      Security over such obligation save pursuant to the Finance Documents or
      Security securing obligations of a member of the Group granted in favour
      of another member of the Group; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (b)

              	
                any investment
      accessible within 30 days in money market funds which have a credit rating
      of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (or in each
      case the equivalent rating including the equivalent money market fund
      rating by Standard & Poor’s Corporation) or P-1 or higher by Moody’s
      Investor Services Inc. (or in each case the equivalent rating including
      the equivalent money market fund rating by Moody’s Investor Services Inc.)
      or Rule 2a7 Money Market Funds as defined in the US Investment Company Act
      1940 provided
      that:

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                such
      investment is beneficially owned by a member of the Group;
    and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (ii)

              	
                there is no
      Security over such investment save pursuant to the Finance Documents or
      Security securing obligations of a member of the Group granted in favour
      of another member of the Group,

              

      

       

      provided that the cash
proceeds of the investments referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, either
through sale or redemption, are freely and immediately available and convertible
into the Base Currency to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the
Borrowings.

       

      “Net Debt” means, at any time,
the aggregate consolidated Borrowings of the Group from sources external to the
Group, less all Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group and the then
mark to market value of Liquid Investments.

       

      “Net Interest” means, in
respect of any Relevant Period, the sum of (a) the amount of interest and
similar charges payable in respect of Borrowings by the Group during such period
less (b) the amount of interest received or receivable and any similar income of
the Group during such period excluding any payment or amortisation of
arrangement fees payable under or in connection with this Agreement or any Fee
Letter.  For the purposes of this definition:

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (i)

              	
                prior to the
      delivery of a valuation judgment by the relevant court in connection with
      the “appraisal” proceedings brought by former common stockholders of
      Transkaryotic Therapies Inc., the amount of interest and similar charges
      payable by the Group in respect of any potential award in such proceedings
      shall be deemed to be as recorded in the Group’s financial statements for
      the Relevant Period; and

              

      

       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                (ii)

              	
                following the
      delivery of a valuation judgment by the relevant court in connection with
      the proceedings described in paragraph (i) above, and following any
      revised valuation judgment on appeal from such proceedings, the amount of
      interest and similar charges payable by the Group in respect of the
      court’s valuation shall be as determined by the court, but allocated on a
      pro rata basis from and including July 2005 to but excluding the calendar
      month in which such interest or similar charges are actually
      paid.

              

      

       

      “Relevant Period” means each
period of twelve months ending on the last day of the Parent Company’s financial
year and each period of twelve months ending on the last day of the first half
of the Parent Company’s financial year with the first such period ending on 31
December 2007.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          72

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                27.2

              	
                Financial
      condition

              

      

       

      The Parent Company
shall ensure that:

      
         

        
          	
                  
                    27.2.1

                  

                	
                  
                    the
      ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA of the Group in respect of the most recently
      ended Relevant Period (the “Leverage Ratio”) shall
      not at any time exceed 3.5:1, except that, following an acquisition by the
      Group for a consideration which includes a cash element of at least
      US$250,000,000, the Parent Company may elect to increase the Leverage
      Ratio to 4.0:1 for the Relevant Period in which the acquisition was
      completed and the immediately following Relevant Period (except in the
      case of an In-licensing Acquisition (as defined below)).  The
      election must be made by no later than the date on which the Compliance
      Certificate for the first Relevant Period to which that election relates
      is delivered pursuant to Clause 26.2 (Compliance
      Certificate) (or the date on which such Compliance Certificate was
      due to have been delivered if earlier).  For the avoidance of
      doubt, an acquisition includes an in-licensing agreement under which the
      Group acquires certain rights to products and projects (an “In-licensing
      Acquisition”) which would require the Group to pay licence fees,
      milestone payments or other similar fees or payments (“In-licensing Fees and
      Payments”).  Notwithstanding the above, where the
      acquisition is an In-licensing Acquisition the Parent Company may elect to
      increase the Leverage Ratio to 4.0:1 where the aggregate In-licensing Fees
      and Payments in respect of that In-licensing Acquisition totals at least
      US$250,000,000 in any one Relevant Period.  The increase in the
      Leverage Ratio shall apply to the Relevant Period in which such
      In-licensing Fees and Payments were paid and the immediately following
      Relevant Period and the election must be made by no later than the date on
      which the Compliance Certificate for the first Relevant Period to which
      that election relates is delivered pursuant to Clause 26.2 (Compliance
      Certificate) (or the date on which such Compliance Certificate was
      due to have been delivered if earlier).  Only one election under
      this sub-clause 27.2.1 may be made;
and

                  

                

        

         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    27.2.2

                  

                

              	
                the ratio of
      EBITDA of the Group to Net Interest in respect of the most recently ended
      Relevant Period shall not be less than
4.0:1.

              

      

       

      
        	
                27.3

              	
                Financial
      testing

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    27.3.1

                  

                

              	
                The financial
      covenants set out in Clause 27.2 (Financial condition)
      shall be tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or
      each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 26.2 (Compliance Certificate)
      with the first such test to be made in respect of the Relevant Period
      ending on 31 December 2007.

              

      

      
         

      

      
        	
              	
                
                  
                    27.3.2

                  

                

              	
                If sub-clause
      26.3.3 of Clause 26.3 (Requirements as to financial
      statements) applies (and for so long as no amendments to the
      contrary have been agreed pursuant to sub-clause 26.3.3 of Clause 26.3
      (Requirements as to
      financial statements)), then the financial covenants set out in
      Clause 27.2 (Financial
      condition) shall be tested by reference to the relevant financial
      statements as adjusted pursuant to sub-clause 26.3.3 of Clause 26.3 (Requirements as to financial
      statements) (and/or relevant Compliance Certificate delivered in
      accordance with Clause 26.2 (Compliance
      Certificate)) to reflect the basis upon which the Original
      Financial Statements were prepared and, to the extent relevant, any other
      information delivered to the
Facility

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          73

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

    

     

    
      	
                   
      

            	
              Agent in
      accordance with sub-clause 26.3.3 of Clause 26.3 (Requirements as to financial
      statements).

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.

            	
              GENERAL
      UNDERTAKINGS

            

    

     

    The undertakings in
this Clause 28 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as
any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in
force.

     

    
      
        
          
            
              	
                      28.1

                    	
                      Authorisations

                    

            

          

        

      

    

     

    Each Obligor shall
promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full
force and effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its
jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the
Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or
admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance
Document subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation,
moratorium and other similar laws or legal procedures affecting the
enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and any other reservations set out
in any of the legal opinions listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) or
delivered in connection with an Obligor’s accession to this
Agreement.

     

    
      
        	
                28.2

              	
                Compliance with
      laws

              

      

    

     

    Each Obligor shall
comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so
to comply would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    
      
        	
                28.3

              	
                Negative
      pledge

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                28.3.1

              	
                No Obligor
      shall (and the Parent Company shall ensure that no other member of the
      Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its
      assets.

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                28.3.2

              	
                No Obligor
      shall (and the Parent Company shall ensure that no other member of the
      Group will):

              

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              sell, transfer
      or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may
      be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the
      Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              sell, transfer
      or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse
      terms;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              enter into any
      arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account
      may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              enter into any
      other preferential arrangement having a similar
  effect,

            

    

     

    in circumstances
where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of
raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an
asset.

     

    
      
        	
              	
                28.3.3

              	
                Sub-clauses
      28.3.1 and 28.3.2 above do not apply
to:

              

      

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        74

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              any Security
      (or transaction (“Quasi-Security”)
      described in sub-clause 28.3.2 above) created with the prior written
      consent of the Majority Lenders;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any Security
      or Quasi-Security listed in Schedule 9 (Existing Security)
      except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security exceeds
      the amount stated in that Schedule;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              any netting or
      set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the
      ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting or
      setting-off debit and credit
balances;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              any lien
      arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not
      as a result of any default or omission by any member of the
      Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              any future
      title retention provisions to which a member of the Group is subject
      entered into in the ordinary course of
trading;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              any netting or
      set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group under any
      treasury transaction entered into in the ordinary course of
      business;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              any Security
      or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the
      Group after the date of this Agreement
if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              the Security
      or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of
      that asset by a member of the
Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              the principal
      amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the
      acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              the Security
      or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of the date
      of acquisition of such asset;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (h)

            	
              any Security
      or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes
      a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security
      or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that company
      becomes a member of the Group, if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              the Security
      or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of
      that company;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              the principal
      amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the
      acquisition of that company; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              the Security
      or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of that
      company becoming a member of the
Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              any Security
      entered into pursuant to any Finance
Document;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        75

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (j)

            	
              any Security
      or Quasi-Security created in connection with a Permitted Securitisation;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (k)

            	
              any Security
      or Quasi-Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which
      (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which
      has the benefit of Security or Quasi-Security given by any member of the
      Group other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (j) above) does not
      exceed at any time US$200,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency
      or currencies).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.3.4

            	
              Sub-clause
      28.3.2 above does not apply to any Quasi-Security granted by a member of
      the Group or to any Security granted by a member of the Group in favour of
      another wholly owned member of the Group but only in respect of
      liabilities owing to the Group.

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.4

            	
              Disposals

            

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                28.4.1

              	
                No Obligor
      shall (and the Parent Company shall ensure that no other member of the
      Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions
      (whether related or not and whether voluntary or involuntary) to sell,
      lease, transfer, dispose by way of de-merger or otherwise dispose of any
      asset.

              

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.4.2

            	
              Sub-clause
      28.4.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other
      disposal:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              made in the
      ordinary course of business of the disposing
  entity;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              of assets in
      exchange for other assets which are comparable or superior as to
      value;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              in the form of
      out-licensing arrangements entered into by a member of the Group in the
      ordinary course of trading;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              of obsolete
      assets on normal commercial terms;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              of assets by
      one member of the Group to another member of the
  Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              of cash for
      any purpose permitted under the Finance
  Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              of assets held
      by any member of the Group if such member of the Group has already
      contracted to dispose of such assets at the time such member of the Group
      is acquired;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (h)

            	
              made with the
      prior written consent of the Majority
Lenders;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              of cash by the
      payment of dividends and other distributions in respect of share capital
      which are not contrary to law;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (j)

            	
              made in
      connection with a Permitted Securitisation;
or

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        76

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (k)

            	
              at market
      value and on arm’s length terms where (i) the higher of the market value
      and consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the
      market value and consideration receivable for any other sale, lease,
      transfer or other disposal by the Group, other than any permitted under
      paragraphs (a) to (j) above) does not exceed US$500,000,000 (or its
      equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any financial year or an
      aggregate of US$1,500,000,000 until the date which is the Facility A
      Maturity Date or, to the extent that it does exceed such capped amounts,
      the Disposal Proceeds (which, for the purposes of these excess amounts
      only, shall not take into account any Excluded Disposal Proceeds) are
      applied in mandatory prepayment of the Facilities in accordance with the
      provisions of sub-clauses 12.2.1 to 12.2.4 of Clause 12.2 (Mandatory prepayment and
      cancellation out of certain proceeds); or (ii) the sale, lease,
      transfer or other disposal is of assets of New River (other than NRP 104)
      or of other assets acquired after the date of this
    Agreement),

            

    

     

    provided that no
sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which would otherwise be permitted
pursuant to the terms of paragraphs (a) to (k) (inclusive) above which would be
deemed to be a class 1 transaction under the Listing Rules of the Financial
Services Authority shall be permitted without the consent of the Majority
Lenders.

     

    For the purpose of
this Clause 28.4, “ordinary
course of business” means the ordinary course of trading of the relevant
entity or made as part of the day-to-day operation of the relevant entity as
carried on at the date hereof or as part of any activities ancillary to the
ordinary course of trading.

     

    
      	
              28.5

            	
              Change of
      business

            

    

     

    The Parent Company
shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the
business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this
Agreement.

     

    
      	
              28.6

            	
              Insurance

            

    

     

    Each Obligor shall
(and the Parent Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will)
maintain material insurances on and in relation to its business and assets
against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the
same or substantially similar business (and each member of the Group may
maintain insurances with a captive insurer for this purpose).

     

    
      	
              28.7

            	
              Loans and
      guarantees

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.7.1

            	
              No Obligor
      shall (and the Parent Company shall ensure that no member of the Group
      will) make any loans or grant any
credit.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.7.2

            	
              Sub-clause
      28.7.1 above does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              loans existing
      at the date of this Agreement and listed in Schedule 10 (Existing Loans) except
      to the extent the principal amount of the loans exceeds the amount stated
      in that Schedule;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        77

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              trade credit
      in the ordinary course of trading;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              loans to
      directors or employees in the ordinary course of business not exceeding
      US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              loans or
      credit made by one member of the Group to another member of the
      Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              loans entered
      into pursuant to any Finance
Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              loans or
      credit made with the consent of the Majority Lenders;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              loans or
      credit the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal
      amount of any other loans given by any member of the Group other than any
      permitted under paragraphs (a) to (f) above) does not exceed
      US$250,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or
      currencies).

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.8

            	
              Financial
      Indebtedness

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.8.1

            	
              No Obligor
      shall (and the Parent Company shall ensure that no member of the Group
      will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial
      Indebtedness.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.8.2

            	
              Sub-clause
      28.8.1 above does not apply to:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              any Financial
      Indebtedness incurred under the Finance
  Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any Existing
      Financial Indebtedness and any refinancing thereof (to the extent the
      aggregate amount outstanding is not increased as a result of or pursuant
      to the refinancing);

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              trade credit
      in the ordinary course of trading;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              Financial
      Indebtedness to the extent owed by one member of the Group to another
      member of the Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              Financial
      Indebtedness incurred by a
Guarantor;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              any Financial
      Indebtedness not otherwise described in this sub-clause 28.8.2 to the
      extent it is (i) required to be applied in prepayment and cancellation of
      the Facilities pursuant to sub-clauses 12.2.1 to 12.2.4 inclusive of
      Clause 12.2 (Mandatory
      prepayment and cancellation out of certain proceeds) or (ii) is
      applied in voluntary prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities
      pursuant to Clause 11 (Illegality, Voluntary
      Prepayment and
Cancellation);

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              a derivative
      transaction entered into in the ordinary course of treasury operations and
      not for speculative purposes;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (h)

            	
              Financial
      Indebtedness incurred with the consent of the Majority
      Lenders;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        78

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              any Financial
      Indebtedness of New River or its Subsidiaries existing at the time of the
      Acquisition (and any refinancing thereof (to the extent that the aggregate
      amount outstanding is not increased as a result of or pursuant to the
      refinancing)) if that Financial Indebtedness was not created in
      contemplation of the Acquisition and (other than in relation to the New
      River Convertible Bond) if that Financial Indebtedness is repaid within
      six months of the Acquisition;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (j)

            	
              any Permitted
      Securitisation;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (k)

            	
              unsecured loan
      notes issued by any member of the Group (including unsecured loan notes
      guaranteed by the Parent Company and issued by another member of the
      Group) pursuant to a loan note alternative to an offer which complies with
      all of the following conditions: (i) the offer is an offer made by or on
      behalf of a member of the Group to acquire (inter alia) all the
      ordinary shares in a public company which are not owned by the offeror or
      by any member of the Group, or a scheme of arrangement proposed by such a
      public company for a corresponding purpose; (ii) the offer is for cash
      consideration or includes a cash alternative; and (iii) the offer is
      subject to and complies with the UK Takeover Code or any law or regulation
      which replaces it provided that such loan
      notes will only fall within this paragraph (k) to the extent that the
      aggregate principal amount outstanding of such loan notes at any time does
      not exceed an amount equal to the aggregate of the Available Commitments
      of all the Revolving Facility Lenders under the Revolving Facility at such
      time;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (l)

            	
              until such
      time as (i) all amounts outstanding under or in respect of Facility A and
      Facility B have been repaid in full and (ii) the Total Revolving Facility
      Commitments have been reduced to US$500,000,000 in accordance with Clause
      12.2 (Mandatory
      prepayment and cancellation out of certain proceeds), Clause 11.2
      (Voluntary
      cancellation) or Clause 11.3 (Voluntary prepayment of
      Loans), other Financial Indebtedness, the principal amount of which
      (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other Financial
      Indebtedness incurred by any member of the Group other than any permitted
      under paragraphs (a) to (k) above) does not, at any time, exceed
      US$200,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies);
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (m)

            	
              following (i)
      the repayment in full of all amounts outstanding under Facility A and
      Facility B and (ii) the reduction of the Total Revolving Facility
      Commitments to US$500,000,000 (in accordance with subclause 12.2 (Mandatory prepayment and
      cancellation out of certain proceeds),  subclause 11.2
      (Voluntary
      Cancellation) or subclause 11.3 (Voluntary Prepayment of
      Loans)) other Financial Indebtedness, the principal amount of which
      (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other Financial
      Indebtedness incurred by any member of the Group other than any permitted
      under paragraphs (a) to (k) above) does not, at any time, exceed
      US$500,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or
      currencies).

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        79

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              28.9

            	
              Compliance with
      ERISA

            

    

     

    No Obligor
shall:

     

    
      	
            	
              28.9.1

            	
              allow, or
      permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to allow, (i) any Employee Plan with
      respect to which any Obligor or any of its ERISA Affiliates may have any
      liability to be voluntarily terminated, (ii) any Obligor or ERISA
      Affiliates to withdraw from any Employee Plan, (iii) any ERISA Event to
      occur with respect to any Employee Plan, or (iv) any unwaived Accumulated
      Funding Deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of
      the Code) to exist involving any of its Employee Plans, to the extent that
      any of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), singly or in the
      aggregate, could have a Material Adverse
Effect;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.9.2

            	
              allow, or
      permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to allow, the aggregate amount of any
      Unfunded Pension Liabilities among all Employee Plans (taking into account
      only Employee Plans with Unfunded Pension Liabilities existing at the
      time) at any time to exceed an amount which would be reasonably likely to
      have a Material Adverse Effect;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.9.3

            	
              fail, or
      permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to fail, to comply in any material
      respect with ERISA or the related provisions of the Code, if any such
      non-compliance, singly or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to
      have a Material Adverse Effect; or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.9.4

            	
              establish or
      become part of a Multiemployer
Plan.

            

    

     

    
      	
              28.10

            	
              Conduct of the
      Acquisition

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.10.1

            	
              The Company
      shall ensure that no material amendments (including, without limitation,
      any amendments to, or waivers of, any of the conditions to the Offer (as
      defined in the Acquisition Agreement)) are made to the Acquisition
      Documents without the prior consent of the Arrangers, unless such changes
      are required by applicable law or
regulations.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              28.10.2

            	
              The Company
      shall comply with all material obligations under the terms of the
      Acquisition Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.

            	
              EVENTS
      OF DEFAULT

            

    

     

    Each of the events
or circumstances set out in this Clause 29 is an Event of Default (subject to,
in the case of an Event of Default relating to the Acquisition of New River and
its Subsidiaries, the remedy period referred to in Clause 29.14 (Clean up
period)).

     

    
      	
              29.1

            	
              Non-payment

            

    

     

    An Obligor does not
pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the
place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable
unless:

     

    
      	
            	
              29.1.1

            	
              its failure to
      pay is caused by administrative or technical error;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.1.2

            	
              payment is
      made within five Business Days of its due
date.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        80

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    
      	
              29.2

            	
              Financial
      covenants

            

    

     

    Any requirement of
Clause 27 (Financial
covenants) is not satisfied.

     

    
      	
              29.3

            	
              Other
      obligations

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.3.1

            	
              An Obligor
      does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than
      those referred to in Clause 29.1 (Non-payment) and Clause
      29.2 (Financial
      covenants)).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.3.2

            	
              No Event of
      Default under sub-clause 29.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply
      is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days of the
      Facility Agent giving notice to the Parent Company or the Parent Company
      becoming aware of the failure to
comply.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.4

            	
              Misrepresentation

            

    

     

    Any representation
or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents is
or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made
or deemed to be made and which, if the circumstances giving rise to the
misrepresentation or the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, are not
remedied within 20 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the
Parent Company or the Parent Company becoming aware of the
misrepresentation.

     

    
      	
              29.5

            	
              Cross
      default

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.5.1

            	
              Any Financial
      Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within
      any originally applicable grace
period.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.5.2

            	
              Any Financial
      Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise
      becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an
      event of default (however
described).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.5.3

            	
              Any commitment
      for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or
      suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event
      of default (however described).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.5.4

            	
              Any creditor
      of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial
      Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its
      specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however
      described).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.5.5

            	
              No Event of
      Default will occur under this Clause 29.5 if the aggregate amount of
      Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling
      within sub-clauses 29.5.1 to 29.5.4 above is less than US$50,000,000 (or
      its equivalent in any other currency or
  currencies).

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.6

            	
              Insolvency

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.6.1

            	
              A Material
      Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due,
      suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or
      anticipated 

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        81

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
              	
                  
    

              	
                financial
      difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors
      with a view to rescheduling any of its
  indebtedness.

              

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.6.2

            	
              The value of
      the assets of any Material Company is less than its liabilities (taking
      into account contingent and prospective
  liabilities).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.6.3

            	
              A moratorium
      is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.6.4

            	
              A Material
      Company incorporated in Jersey becomes bankrupt within the meaning of the
      Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.7

            	
              Insolvency
      proceedings

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.7.1

            	
              Any corporate
      action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation
      to:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the suspension
      of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution,
      administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme
      of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company other than a solvent
      liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Company which is not an
      Obligor;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              a composition,
      compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material
      Company;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              the
      appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent
      liquidation of a Material Company which is not an Obligor), receiver,
      administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, viscount or
      other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its
      assets;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              enforcement of
      any Security over any assets of any Material Company;
  or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              a declaration
      of “en désastre” being made in respect of any assets of any Material
      Company,

            

    

     

    or any analogous
procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

     

    
      	
            	
              29.7.2

            	
              Notwithstanding
      paragraphs (a) to (e) above, an Event of Default will occur under this
      Clause 29.7 only if, in the case of a petition being presented or an
      application made for the appointment of a liquidator or administrator, it
      is not discharged within 21 days.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.8

            	
              Creditors’
      process

            

    

     

    Any expropriation,
attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of
a Material Company which has an aggregate value of not less than
US$10,000,000.

     

    
      	
              29.9

            	
              Ownership of the
      Obligors

            

    

     

    An Obligor (other
than the Parent Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent
Company.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        82

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              29.10

            	
              Unlawfulness

            

    

     

    It is or becomes
unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance
Documents.

     

    
      	
              29.11

            	
              Repudiation

            

    

     

    An Obligor
repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance
Document.

     

    
      	
              29.12

            	
              Material adverse
      change

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.12.1

            	
              A material
      adverse change occurs in the business, operations, assets or financial
      condition of the Group, considered as a whole, which is likely to have a
      material adverse effect on the ability of the Obligors, taken as a whole,
      or the Parent Company to meet their respective payment obligations under
      this Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.12.2

            	
              For the
      purpose of a determination in respect of sub-clause 29.12.1 above, the
      following events and information will be considered not to have a material
      adverse effect described under sub-clause 29.12.1
  above:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              any
      litigation, arbitration, administrative or regulatory proceedings
      disclosed in the 10-Q and 10-K statements of the Company or New River most
      recently filed with the SEC prior to the date of this Agreement;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              completion of
      the Acquisition,

            

    

     

    and, for the
avoidance of doubt, a product coming off patent or orphan designation in the
normal course of its life cycle (including the financial effects thereof) shall
not constitute a material adverse change under this Clause 29.12.

     

    
      	
              29.13

            	
              Employee
      Plans

            

    

     

    Any ERISA Event
shall have occurred or Clause 28.9 (Compliance with ERISA) shall
be breached, and the liability of a US Obligor or its ERISA Affiliates, either
individually or in the aggregate, related to such ERISA Event or breaches,
individually or when aggregated with all other ERISA Events and all other such
breaches, would have or would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     

    
      	
              29.14

            	
              Clean up
      period

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.14.1

            	
              For a period
      of 4 Months from (and including) the date on which a member of the Group
      becomes the owner of record of the shares or other assets the subject of
      the Acquisition, an event which would otherwise constitute a Default or an
      Event of Default but for this Clause 29.14 will not constitute an Event of
      Default, provided
      that:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              it is an event
      which is capable of remedy; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              that event
      relates to New River and/or its
Subsidiaries.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        83

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.14.2

            	
              For a period
      of 3 months from (and including) the date on which a member of the Group
      becomes the owner of record of the shares or other assets which are the
      subject of a subsequent acquisition, an event which would otherwise
      constitute a Default or an Event of Default but for this Clause 29.14 will
      not constitute an Event of Default, provided
      that:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              it is an event
      which is capable of remedy; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              that event
      relates to the target company or target undertaking of that further
      acquisition, or the Subsidiaries of such target company or target
      undertaking.

            

    

     

    
      	
              29.15

            	
              Acceleration

            

    

     

    On and at any time
after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing but subject to
the terms of Clause 4.7 (Utilisations during the Certain
Funds Period) the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the
Majority Lenders, by notice to the Parent Company:

     

    
      	
            	
              29.15.1

            	
              cancel the
      Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be
      cancelled;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.15.2

            	
              declare that
      all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other
      amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately
      due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable;
      and/or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              29.15.3

            	
              declare that
      all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall
      immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the
      instructions of the Majority
Lenders.

            

    

     

    If an Event of
Default under Clause 29.7 (Insolvency proceedings) shall
occur in respect of any US Obligor as a result of the filing by or against such
US Obligor of a petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code,
then, without notice to such US Obligor or any other act by the Facility Agent
or any other person, the Loans to such US Obligor, interest thereon and all
other amounts owed by such US Obligor under the Finance Documents shall become
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of
any kind, all of which are expressly waived.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        84

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SECTION
9

    CHANGES
TO PARTIES

     

    
      	
              30.

            	
              CHANGES
      TO THE LENDERS

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.1

            	
              Assignments and transfers by
      the Lenders

            

    

     

    Subject to this
Clause 30, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”)
may:

     

    
      	
            	
              30.1.1

            	
              assign any of
      its rights; or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.1.2

            	
              transfer by
      novation any of its rights and
obligations,

            

    

     

    to another bank or
financial institution (the “New
Lender”) provided
that:

     

    
      	
            	
              30.1.3

            	
              any Revolving
      Lender which transfers all or any part of its Revolving Commitment shall
      in addition transfer or procure its Affiliate to transfer, as the case may
      be, a pro rata
      proportion of its or its Affiliate’s Swingline Commitment (if any);
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.1.4

            	
              any Swingline
      Lender which transfers all or any part of its Available Swingline
      Commitment shall in addition transfer or procure its Affiliate to
      transfer, as the case may be, a pro rata portion of its
      or its Affiliate’s Revolving Commitment (if
  any).

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.2

            	
              Conditions of assignment or
      transfer

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.1

            	
              A transfer of
      part of a Commitment or the rights and obligations under this Agreement by
      an Existing Lender must be in a minimum amount of
      US$10,000,000.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.2

            	
              Subject to
      sub-clause 30.2.1 above, an Existing Lender may transfer a part of each of
      its Facility A Commitments, Facility B Commitments and Revolving Facility
      Commitments separately, and is not required to pro rate the amounts
      transferred across each Facility.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.3

            	
              The consent of
      the Parent Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an
      Existing Lender, unless:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the assignment
      or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              at the time of
      the assignment or transfer, an Event of Default has occurred and is
      continuing.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.4

            	
              The consent of
      the Parent Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably
      withheld or delayed.  The Parent Company will be deemed to have
      given its consent ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has
      requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent Company
      within that time.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.5

            	
              An assignment
      will be effective only on:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              receipt by the
      Facility Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and
      substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will
      

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        85

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                 
      

              	
                assume the
      same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under
      if it was an Original Lender;

              

      

       

    

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              performance by
      the relevant Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to
      any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment
      to a New Lender, the completion of which that Agent shall promptly notify
      to the Existing Lender and the New Lender;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              entry by the
      New Lender into a Confidentiality Undertaking with the Parent
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.6

            	
              A transfer
      will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 30.5 (Procedure for transfer)
      is complied with and if the New Lender has, prior to the Transfer Date,
      entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking with the Parent
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.2.7

            	
              If:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              a Lender
      assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance
      Documents or changes its Facility Office;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              as a result of
      circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change
      occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment (or increased
      payment) to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility
      Office under Clause 19 (Tax gross-up and
      indemnities) or Clause 20 (Increased
      Costs),

            

    

     

    then the New Lender
or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive
payment (or increased payment) under those Clauses to the same extent as the
Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have
been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred provided that (without
prejudice to sub-clause 19.2.8 of Clause 19.2 (Tax gross-up)) this
sub-clause 30.2.7 shall not prevent an Obligor from being required to pay an
increased amount under Clause 19 (Tax gross-up and indemnities)
to a Treaty Lender which becomes a Lender on the Syndication Date.

     

    
      	
              30.3

            	
              Assignment or transfer
      fee

            

    

     

    The New Lender
shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the
Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000.

     

    
      	
              30.4

            	
              Limitation of responsibility of
      Existing Lenders

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.4.1

            	
              Unless
      expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no
      representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender
      for:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the legality,
      validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance
      Documents or any other documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              the financial
      condition of any Obligor;

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        86

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              the
      performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the
      Finance Documents or any other documents;
or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              the accuracy
      of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with
      any Finance Document or any other
document,

            

    

     

    and any
representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

     

    
      	
            	
              30.4.2

            	
              Each New
      Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that
      it:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              has made (and
      shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment
      of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related
      entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has
      not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing
      Lender in connection with any Finance Document;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              will continue
      to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each
      Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be
      outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in
      force.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.4.3

            	
              Nothing in any
      Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender
to:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              accept a
      re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations
      assigned or transferred under this Clause 30;
or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              support any
      losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the
      non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance
      Documents or otherwise.

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.5

            	
              Procedure for
      transfer

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.5.1

            	
              Subject to the
      conditions set out in Clause 30.2 (Conditions of assignment or
      transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with sub-clause
      30.5.3 below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed
      Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New
      Lender.  The Facility Agent shall, subject to sub-clause 30.5.2
      below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly
      completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the
      terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this
      Agreement, execute that Transfer
Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.5.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to
      it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is reasonably
      satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other
      similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to
      the transfer to such New Lender.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.5.3

            	
              On the
      Transfer Date:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              to the extent
      that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by
      novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents
      

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        87

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
                 
      

              	
                 
      

              	
                each of the
      Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further
      obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their
      respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be
      cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and
      Obligations”);

              

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              each of the
      Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another
      and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged
      Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender
      have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the
      Existing Lender;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              the Facility
      Agent, the Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the
      same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they
      would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender
      with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result
      of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Arrangers and
      the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to
      each other under the Finance Documents;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              the New Lender
      shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

            

    

     

    
      	
              30.6

            	
              Copy of Transfer Certificate to
      Parent Company

            

    

     

    The Facility Agent
shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer
Certificate, send to the Parent Company a copy of that Transfer
Certificate.

     

    
      	
              30.7

            	
              Disclosure of
      information

            

    

     

    Any Lender may
disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:

     

    
      	
            	
              30.7.1

            	
              to (or
      through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign
      or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this
      Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.7.2

            	
              with (or
      through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any
      sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which
      payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              30.7.3

            	
              to whom, and
      to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any
      applicable law or regulation,

            

    

     

    any information
about any Obligor, the Group and the Finance Documents as that Lender shall
consider appropriate if, in relation to sub-clauses 30.7.1 and 30.7.2 above, the
person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
Undertaking with that Lender prior to the disclosure of the information the
subject of the Confidentiality Undertaking.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        88

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              31.

            	
              CHANGES
      TO THE OBLIGORS

            

    

     

    
      	
              31.1

            	
              Assignment and transfers by
      Obligors

            

    

     

    No Obligor may
assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the
Finance Documents.

     

    
      	
              31.2

            	
              Additional
      Borrowers

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.2.1

            	
              Subject to
      compliance with the provisions of sub-clauses 26.6.3 and 26.6.4 of Clause
      26.6 (“Know your
      customer” checks), the Parent Company may request that any of its
      Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower.  That Subsidiary
      shall become an Additional Borrower
if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              all the
      Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary (which approval is not to
      be unreasonably withheld) other than in the case of a Subsidiary
      incorporated in the United Kingdom or the United States of America, in
      which case no approval by the Lenders is
  required;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              the Parent
      Company delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed
      Accession Letter;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              the Parent
      Company confirms that no Default is continuing or will occur as a result
      of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              the Facility
      Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part
      III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)
      in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance
      satisfactory to the Facility Agent, acting
  reasonably.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.2.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall notify the Parent Company and the Lenders promptly upon being
      satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it)
      all the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2
      (Conditions
      precedent).

            

    

     

    
      	
              31.3

            	
              Resignation of a
      Borrower

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.3.1

            	
              The Parent
      Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Parent Company) ceases
      to be a Borrower by delivering to the Facility Agent a Resignation
      Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.3.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent Company and
      the Lenders of its acceptance if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              no Default is
      continuing or will result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter
      (and the Parent Company has confirmed this is the case);
    and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              the Borrower
      is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any
      Finance Documents,

            

    

     

    whereupon that
company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or
obligations under the Finance Documents.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        89

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              31.4

            	
              Additional
      Guarantors

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.4.1

            	
              Subject to
      compliance with the provisions of sub-clauses 26.6.3 and 26.6.4 of Clause
      26.6 (“Know your
      customer” checks), the Parent Company may request that any of its
      Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor.  That Subsidiary
      shall become an Additional Guarantor
if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the Parent
      Company delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed
      Accession Letter; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              the Facility
      Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part
      III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)
      in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance
      reasonably satisfactory to the Facility
Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.4.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall notify the Parent Company and the Lenders promptly upon being
      satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it)
      all the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2
      (Conditions
      precedent).

            

    

     

    
      	
              31.5

            	
              Repetition of
      representations

            

    

     

    Delivery of an
Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the
Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date
of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then
existing.

     

    
      	
              31.6

            	
              Resignation of a
      Guarantor

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.6.1

            	
              The Parent
      Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent Company)
      ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent a Resignation
      Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              31.6.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent Company and
      the Lenders of its acceptance if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              no Default is
      continuing or will result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter
      (and the Parent Company has confirmed this is the case);
    and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              (other than in
      relation to the resignation of the Parent Company as a guarantor) all the
      Lenders have consented to the Parent Company’s
  request.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        90

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SECTION
10

    THE
FINANCE PARTIES

     

    
      	
              32.

            	
              ROLE
      OF THE AGENTS AND THE ARRANGERS

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.1

            	
              Appointment of the
      Agents

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.1.1

            	
              Each other
      Finance Party appoints each of the Agents to act as its agent under and in
      connection with the Finance
Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.1.2

            	
              Each other
      Finance Party authorises each Agent to exercise the rights, powers,
      authorities and discretions specifically given to that Agent under or in
      connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental
      rights, powers, authorities and
discretions.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.2

            	
              Duties of the Agents

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.2.1

            	
              An Agent shall
      promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which
      is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other
    Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.2.2

            	
              Except where a
      Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, an Agent is not obliged
      to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document
      it forwards to another Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.2.3

            	
              If an Agent
      receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a
      Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall
      promptly notify the other Finance
Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.2.4

            	
              If an Agent is
      aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or
      other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agents or the
      Arrangers) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance
      Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.2.5

            	
              Each Agent’s
      duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and
      administrative in nature.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.3

            	
              Role of the
      Arrangers

            

    

     

    Except as
specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no
obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any
Finance Document.

     

    
      	
              32.4

            	
              No fiduciary
      duties

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.4.1

            	
              Nothing in
      this Agreement constitutes any Agent or Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary
      of any other person.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.4.2

            	
              Neither an
      Agent nor an Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum
      or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own
      account.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        91

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              32.5

            	
              Business with the
      Group

            

    

     

    An Agent or Arranger
may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of
banking or other business with any member of the Group.

     

    
      	
              32.6

            	
              Rights and discretions of the
      Agents

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.1

            	
              An Agent may
      rely on:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              any
      representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct
      and appropriately authorised; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any statement
      made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person
      regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his
      knowledge or within his power to
verify.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.2

            	
              An Agent may
      assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as
      agent for the Lenders) that:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              no Default has
      occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause
      29.1 (Non-payment));

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any right,
      power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders
      has not been exercised; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              any notice or
      request made by the Parent Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is
      made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the
      Obligors.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.3

            	
              An Agent may
      engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers,
      accountants, surveyors or other
experts.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.4

            	
              An Agent may
      act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and
      agents.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.5

            	
              An Agent may
      disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has
      received as agent under this
Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.6.6

            	
              Notwithstanding
      any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither an
      Agent nor an Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would
      or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or
      regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of
      confidentiality.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.7

            	
              Majority Lenders’
      instructions

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.7.1

            	
              Unless a
      contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, each Agent shall (i)
      exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent
      in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders
      (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any
      right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not
      be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or
  

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        92

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
              	
                  

              	
                refrains from
      taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority
      Lenders.

              

      

       

    

    
      	
            	
              32.7.2

            	
              Unless a
      contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given
      by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance
      Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.7.3

            	
              An Agent may
      refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority
      Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such
      security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with
      an amount in respect of any associated VAT) which it may incur in
      complying with the instructions.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.7.4

            	
              In the absence
      of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the
      Lenders), each Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it
      considers to be in the best interest of the
  Lenders.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.7.5

            	
              An Agent is
      not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that
      Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any
      Finance Document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.8

            	
              Responsibility for
      documentation

            

    

     

    Neither an Agent nor
an Arranger:

     

    
      	
            	
              32.8.1

            	
              is responsible
      for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether
      oral or written) supplied by an Agent, an Arranger, an Obligor or any
      other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the
      Information Memorandum; or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.8.2

            	
              is responsible
      for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of
      any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document
      entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with
      any Finance Document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.9

            	
              Exclusion of
      liability

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.9.1

            	
              Without
      limiting sub-clause 32.9.2 below, an Agent will not be liable for any
      action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document,
      unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful
      misconduct.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.9.2

            	
              No Party
      (other than an Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer,
      employee or agent of an Agent in respect of any claim it might have
      against such Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by
      that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and
      any officer, employee or agent of an Agent may rely on this sub-clause
      32.9.2 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and
      the provisions of the Third Parties
Act.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.9.3

            	
              No Agent will
      be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an
      account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by
      the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably
      practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any
      recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that
      purpose.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        93

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.9.4

            	
              Nothing in
      this Agreement shall oblige an Agent or Arranger to carry out any “know
      your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any
      Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agents and the Arrangers that it is
      solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and
      that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by
      the Agents or the Arrangers.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.10

            	
              Lenders’ indemnity to the
      Agents

            

    

     

    Each Lender shall
(in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total
Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately
prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify each Agent, within three Business
Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent
(otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct)
in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been
reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

     

    
      	
              32.11

            	
              Resignation of an
      Agent

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.1

            	
              An Agent may
      resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to
      the other Finance Parties and the Parent
  Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.2

            	
              Alternatively
      an Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
      Parent Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation
      with the Parent Company) may appoint a successor
  Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.3

            	
              If the
      Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with
      sub-clause 32.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was
      given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Parent Company) may
      appoint a successor Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.4

            	
              A retiring
      Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such
      documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent
      may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as
      Agent under the Finance Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.5

            	
              An Agent’s
      resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a
      successor.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.6

            	
              Upon the
      appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from
      any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall
      remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32.  Its successor
      and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations
      amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an
      original Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.11.7

            	
              After
      consultation with the Parent Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice
      to an Agent, require it to resign in accordance with sub-clause 32.11.2
      above.  In this event, such Agent shall resign in accordance
      with sub-clause 32.11.2 above.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        94

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              32.12

            	
              Confidentiality

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.12.1

            	
              In acting as
      agent for the Finance Parties, each Agent shall be regarded as acting
      through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity
      from any other of its divisions or
departments.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.12.2

            	
              If information
      is received by another division or department of an Agent, it may be
      treated as confidential to that division or department and the relevant
      Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of
it.

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.13

            	
              Relationship with the
      Lenders

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.13.1

            	
              Each Agent may
      treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement
      and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less
      than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in
      accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.13.2

            	
              Each Lender
      shall supply the Facility Agent with any information required by the
      Facility Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with
      Schedule 4 (Mandatory
      Cost formulae).

            

    

     

    
      	
              32.14

            	
              Credit appraisal by the
      Lenders

            

    

     

    Without affecting
the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its
behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to each
Agent and Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible
for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising
under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited
to:

     

    
      	
            	
              32.14.1

            	
              the financial
      condition, status and nature of each member of the
  Group;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.14.2

            	
              the legality,
      validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
      Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into,
      made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any
      Finance Document;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.14.3

            	
              whether that
      Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against
      any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any
      Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents
      or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
      executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance
      Document; and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              32.14.4

            	
              the adequacy,
      accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other
      information provided by an Agent, any other Party or by any other person
      under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions
      contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement
      or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in
      connection with any Finance
Document.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        95

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              32.15

            	
              Reference
      Banks

            

    

     

    If a Reference Bank
(or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an
Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (in consultation with
the Parent Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to
replace that Reference Bank.

     

    
      	
              32.16

            	
              Agents’ management
      time

            

    

     

    Any amount payable
to an Agent under Clause 21.3 (Indemnity to the Facility
Agent), Clause 23 (Costs and expenses) and
Clause 32.10 (Lenders’
indemnity to the Agents) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s
extraordinary management time or other extraordinary resources not contemplated
at the date of this Agreement (in connection with any Default, any request for
or granting of a waiver or consent, or amendment to a Finance Document or the
preservation or enforcement of any right arising under the Finance Documents)
and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as
the Agent may notify to the Parent Company and the Lenders, and is in addition
to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 18 (Fees).

     

    
      	
              32.17

            	
              Deduction from amounts payable
      by the Agents

            

    

     

    If any Party owes an
amount to an Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving
notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any
payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under
the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction
of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that
Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

     

    
      	
              32.18

            	
              USA Patriot
      Act

            

    

     

    Each Lender hereby
notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act,
such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies
such Obligor, which information includes the name and address of such Obligor
and other information that will allow such Lender to identity such Obligor in
accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

     

    
      	
              33.

            	
              CONDUCT
      OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

            

    

     

    No provision of this
Agreement will:

     

    
      	
            	
              33.1.1

            	
              interfere with
      the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or otherwise)
      in whatever manner it thinks fit;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              33.1.2

            	
              oblige any
      Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or
      repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              33.1.3

            	
              oblige any
      Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (Tax or
      otherwise) or any computations in respect of
  Tax.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        96

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              34.

            	
              SHARING
      AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

            

    

     

    
      	
              34.1

            	
              Payments to Finance
      Parties

            

    

     

    If a Finance Party
(a “Recovering Finance
Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in
accordance with Clause 35 (Payment mechanics) and
applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents
then:

     

    
      	
            	
              34.1.1

            	
              the Recovering
      Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the
      receipt or recovery to the relevant
Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.1.2

            	
              that Agent
      shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount
      the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or
      recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance
      with Clause 35 (Payment
      mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be
      imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.1.3

            	
              the Recovering
      Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by that Agent,
      pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal
      to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may
      be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to
      be made, in accordance with Clause 35.5 (Partial
      payments).

            

    

     

    
      	
              34.2

            	
              Redistribution of
      payments

            

    

     

    The relevant Agent
shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor
and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance
Party) in accordance with Clause 35.5 (Partial
payments).

     

    
      	
              34.3

            	
              Recovering Finance Party’s
      rights

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.3.1

            	
              On a
      distribution by an Agent under Clause 34.2 (Redistribution of
      payments), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the
      rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the
      redistribution.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.3.2

            	
              If and to the
      extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights
      under sub-clause 34.3.1 above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the
      Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is
      immediately due and payable.

            

    

     

    
      	
              34.4

            	
              Reversal of
      redistribution

            

    

     

    If any part of the
Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes
repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

     

    
      	
            	
              34.4.1

            	
              each Finance
      Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant
      to Clause 34.2 (Redistribution of
      payments) shall, upon request of the relevant Agent, pay to that
      Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to
      the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an
      amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its
      

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        97

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
              	
                  

              	
                proportion of
      any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is
      required to pay); and

              

      

       

    

    
      	
            	
              34.4.2

            	
              that
      Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any
      reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable
      to the reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so
    reimbursed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              34.5

            	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.5.1

            	
              This Clause 34
      shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not,
      after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and
      enforceable claim against the relevant
Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              34.5.2

            	
              A Recovering
      Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any
      amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a
      result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings
  if:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              it notified
      that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              that other
      Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or
      arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably
      practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or
      arbitration proceedings.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        98

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SECTION
11

    ADMINISTRATION

     

    
      	
              35.

            	
              PAYMENT
      MECHANICS

            

    

     

    
      	
              35.1

            	
              Payments to each
      Agent

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.1.1

            	
              On each date
      on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a
      Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to
      the relevant Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance
      Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds
      specified by the relevant Agent as being customary at the time for
      settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of
      payment.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.1.2

            	
              Payment shall
      be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country
      of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre
      in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the relevant
      Agent specifies.

            

    

     

    
      	
              35.2

            	
              Distributions by an
      Agent

            

    

     

    Each payment
received by an Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall,
subject to Clause 35.3 (Distributions to an Obligor),
Clause 35.4 (Clawback)
and Clause 32.17 (Deduction
from amounts payable by the Agents) be made available by the Agent as
soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in
accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its
Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not
less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial
centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the
principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or
London).

     

    
      	
              35.3

            	
              Distributions to an
      Obligor

            

    

     

    An Agent may (with
the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 (Set-off)) apply any amount
received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the
currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the
Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be
so applied.

     

    
      	
              35.4

            	
              Clawback

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.4.1

            	
              Where a sum is
      to be paid to an Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, an
      Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into
      or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to
      establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that
      sum.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.4.2

            	
              If an Agent
      pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the
      Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that
      amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the
      Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest
      on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the
      Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of
    funds.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        99

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              35.5

            	
              Partial
      payments

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.5.1

            	
              If an Agent
      receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then
      due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall
      apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the
      Finance Documents in the following
order:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              first, in or towards
      payment pro rata
      of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of each Agent and Arranger under
      the Finance Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              secondly, in or towards
      payment pro rata
      of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this
      Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              thirdly, in or towards
      payment pro rata
      of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              fourthly, in or towards
      payment pro rata
      of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance
    Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.5.2

            	
              An Agent
      shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in
      paragraphs (a) to (d) of sub-clause 35.5.1
  above.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.5.3

            	
              Sub-clauses
      35.5.1 and 35.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an
      Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	
              35.6

            	
              No set-off by
      Obligors

            

    

     

    All payments to be
made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made
without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or
counterclaim.

     

    
      	
              35.7

            	
              Business
      Days

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.7.1

            	
              Any payment
      which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made
      on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or
      the preceding Business Day (if there is
not).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.7.2

            	
              During any
      extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under
      this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the
      rate payable on the original due
date.

            

    

     

    
      	
              35.8

            	
              Currency of
      account

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.8.1

            	
              Subject to
      sub-clauses 35.8.2 to 35.8.5 below, the Base Currency is the currency of
      account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance
      Document.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.8.2

            	
              A repayment of
      a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in
      the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due
      date.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        100

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.8.3

            	
              Each payment
      of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of
      which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest
      accrued.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.8.4

            	
              Each payment
      in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in
      which the costs, expenses or Taxes are
incurred.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.8.5

            	
              Any amount
      expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall
      be paid in that other currency.

            

    

     

    
      	
              35.9

            	
              Change of
      currency

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.9.1

            	
              Unless
      otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit
      are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the
      lawful currency of that country,
then:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              any reference
      in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance
      Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or
      paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the
      Facility Agent (after consultation with the Parent Company);
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any
      translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the
      official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the
      conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or
      down by the Facility Agent (acting
reasonably).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              35.9.2

            	
              If a change in
      any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the
      Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Parent
      Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any
      generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant
      Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in
      currency.

            

    

     

    
      	
              36.

            	
              SET-OFF

            

    

     

    A Finance Party may
set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents
(to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured
obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place
of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the
obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either
obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the
purpose of the set-off.

     

    
      	
              37.

            	
              NOTICES

            

    

     

    
      	
              37.1

            	
              Communications in
      writing

            

    

     

    Any communication to
be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in
writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        101

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              37.2

            	
              Addresses

            

    

     

    The address and fax
number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to
be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents
is:

     

    
      	
            	
              37.2.1

            	
              in the case of
      the Company, that identified with its name
  below;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.2.2

            	
              in the case of
      each Lender or any Obligor, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent
      on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party;
  and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.2.3

            	
              in the case of
      an Agent, that identified with its name
below,

            

    

     

    or any substitute
address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the
Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a
change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’
notice.

     

    
      	
              37.3

            	
              Delivery

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.3.1

            	
              Any
      communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under
      or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be
      effective:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              if by way of
      fax, when received in legible form;
or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              if by way of
      letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business
      Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope
      addressed to it at that address,

            

    

     

    and, if a particular
department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under
Clause 37.2 (Addresses), if addressed to
that department or officer.

     

    
      	
            	
              37.3.2

            	
              Any
      communication or document to be made or delivered to an Agent will be
      effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is
      expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified
      with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer
      as the Agent shall specify for this
purpose).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.3.3

            	
              All notices
      from or to an Obligor shall be sent through an
  Agent.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.3.4

            	
              Any
      communication or document made or delivered to the Parent Company in
      accordance with this Clause 37 will be deemed to have been made or
      delivered to each of the Obligors.

            

    

     

    
      	
              37.4

            	
              Notification of address and fax
      number

            

    

     

    Promptly upon
receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax
number pursuant to Clause 37.2 (Addresses) or changing its
own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other
Parties.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        102

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              37.5

            	
              Electronic
      communication

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.5.1

            	
              Any
      communication to be made between an Agent and a Lender under or in
      connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or
      other electronic means, if that Agent and the relevant
    Lender:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              agree that,
      unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form
      of communication;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              notify each
      other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
      information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by
      that means; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              notify each
      other of any change to their address or any other such information
      supplied by them.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.5.2

            	
              Any electronic
      communication made between an Agent and a Lender will be effective only
      when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic
      communication made by a Lender to that Agent only if it is addressed in
      such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this
  purpose.

            

    

     

    
      	
              37.6

            	
              English
      language

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.6.1

            	
              Any notice
      given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in
      English.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              37.6.2

            	
              All other
      documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must
      be:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              in English;
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              if not in
      English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a
      certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation
      will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other
      official document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              38.

            	
              CALCULATIONS
      AND CERTIFICATES

            

    

     

    
      	
              38.1

            	
              Accounts

            

    

     

    In any litigation or
arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document,
the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the
matters to which they relate.

     

    
      	
              38.2

            	
              Certificates and
      determinations

            

    

     

    Any certification or
determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document
is, in the absence of manifest or proven error, prima facie evidence of the
matters to which it relates.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        103

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              38.3

            	
              Day count
      convention

            

    

     

    Any interest,
commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day
and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year
of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market
differs, in accordance with that market practice.

     

    
      	
              39.

            	
              PARTIAL
      INVALIDITY

            

    

     

    If, at any time, any
provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the
legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the
legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any
other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

     

    
      	
              40.

            	
              REMEDIES
      AND WAIVERS

            

    

     

    No failure to
exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any
right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or
other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The
rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive
of any rights or remedies provided by law.

     

    
      	
              41.

            	
              AMENDMENTS
      AND WAIVERS

            

    

     

    
      	
              41.1

            	
              Required
      consents

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.1.1

            	
              Subject to
      Clause 41.2 (Exceptions) any term of
      the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of
      the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver
      will be binding on all Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.1.2

            	
              The Facility
      Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver
      permitted by this Clause 41.

            

    

     

    
      	
              41.2

            	
              Exceptions

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.2.1

            	
              An amendment
      or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates
    to:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the definition
      of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              an extension
      to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance
      Documents;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              a reduction in
      the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal,
      interest, fees or commission
payable;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              an increase in
      or an extension of any Commitment;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              a change to
      the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 31
      (Changes to the
      Obligors);

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        104

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              any provision
      which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
  or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              Clause 2.4
      (Finance Parties’ rights
      and obligations), Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders)
      or this Clause 41,

            

    

     

    shall not be made
without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

     

    
      	
            	
              41.2.2

            	
              An amendment
      or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of an Agent or
      Arranger may not be effected without the consent of that Agent or
      Arranger.

            

    

     

    
      	
              41.3

            	
              Replacement of
      Lender

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.3.1

            	
              If at any time
      any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in sub-clause
      41.3.3 below), then the Parent Company may, on five Business Days’ prior
      written notice to the Facility Agent and such
  Lender:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              cancel the
      Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender at the next interest payment or
      rollover date; or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              require such
      Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 30 (Changes to the Lenders)
      all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
      to another Lender (a “Replacement Lender”)
      which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the
      obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the
      transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring
      Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal
      to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the
      outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other
      amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance
      Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.3.2

            	
              The
      replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 41.3 shall be subject to
      the following conditions:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the Parent
      Company shall have no right to replace the Facility
  Agent;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              neither the
      Facility Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent
      Company to find a Replacement
Lender;

            

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (c)

              	
                in the event
      of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take
      place no later than 10 Business Days after the date the Non-Consenting
      Lender notifies the Parent Company and the Facility Agent of its failure
      or refusal to agree to any consent, waiver or amendment to the Finance
      Documents requested by the Parent Company;
and

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (d)

              	
                in no event
      shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 41.3 be required to pay or
      surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such
      Lender pursuant to the Finance
Documents.

              

      

    

     

    
      	
            	
              41.3.3

            	
              In the event
      that:

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        105

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (a)

              	
                the Parent or
      the Facility Agent (at the request of the Parent Company) has requested
      the Lenders to consent to a waiver or amendment of any provisions of the
      Finance Documents;

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (b)

              	
                the waiver or
      amendment in question requires the consent of all the Lenders;
      and

              

      

    

     

    
      
        	
              	
                (c)

              	
                Lenders whose
      Commitments aggregate 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or,
      if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 85 per
      cent. or more of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have
      consented to such waiver or
amendment,

              

      

    

     

    then any Lender who
has declined or failed to consent or provide approval by the later of (i) the
date nominated by the Facility Agent in the request to the Lenders as a deadline
for response, and (ii) 3 Business Days after such 85 per cent. Lender approval
or consent has been received shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting
Lender”.

     

    
      	
              42.

            	
              COUNTERPARTS

            

    

     

    Each Finance
Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same
effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the
Finance Document.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        106

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SECTION
12

    GOVERNING
LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     

    
      	
              43.

            	
              GOVERNING
      LAW

            

    

     

    This Agreement is
governed by English law.

     

    
      	
              44.

            	
              ENFORCEMENT

            

    

     

    
      	
              44.1

            	
              Jurisdiction

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              44.1.1

            	
              The courts of
      England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out
      of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the
      existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              44.1.2

            	
              The Parties
      agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient
      courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the
      contrary.

            

    

     

    
      	
              44.2

            	
              Service of
      process

            

    

     

    Without prejudice to
any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other
than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

     

    
      	
            	
              44.2.1

            	
              irrevocably
      appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to
      any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance
      Document; and

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              44.2.2

            	
              agrees that
      failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor
      of the process will not invalidate the proceedings
    concerned,

            

    

     

    and the Company
hereby accepts such appointment on the terms of this Clause 44.2.

     

    
      	
              44.3

            	
              Waiver of jury
      trial

            

    

     

    Each of the parties
to this Agreement irrevocably waives trial by jury in any action or proceeding
with respect to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents.

     

    This
Agreement has been entered into, and amended and restated, on the dates stated
at the beginning of this Agreement.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        107

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
1

    THE
PARTIES

     

    Part
I

    The
Obligors

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Original Borrower

            	 	
              Registration
      number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Country
      / state of incorporation

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      plc

            	 	
              05492592

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            

    

    

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Additional Borrower

            	 	
              Registration
      number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Country
      / state of incorporation

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Limited

            	 	
              99854

            	 	
              Jersey

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      UK Limited

            	 	
              04666500

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Group Limited

            	 	
              02883758

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Global
      Finance Limited

            	 	
              05418960

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      Europe Limited

            	 	
              03158354

            	 	
              England and
      Wales

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Ireland Limited

            	 	 
    	 	
              The Republic
      of Ireland

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      US AG

            	 	 
    	 	
              The State of
      Delaware

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      LLC

            	 	 
    	 	
              The
      Commonwealth of Kentucky

            

    

    

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Additional Guarantor

            	 	
              Registration
      number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Country
      / state of incorporation

            
	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Limited

            	 	
              99854

            	 	
              Jersey

            

    

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        108

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

     

    Part
II

    The Original Term Lenders2

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Original Term 

              Lender

            	
              Facility
      A 

              Commitment

            	
              Facility
      B 

              Commitment

            	
              Facility
      Office

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ABN AMRO Bank
      N.V.

            	 	
              US$
      250,000,000

            	 	
              US$75,000,000

            	 	
              250
      Bishopsgate, London EC2M
      4AA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Barclays Bank
      PLC

            	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	
              US$75,000,000

            	 	
              5 The North
      Colonnade, Canary Wharf, London E14 4BB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Citibank,
      N.A., London

            	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	
              US$75,000,000

            	 	
              Citigroup
      Centre, 25 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              The Royal Bank
      of Scotland plc

               

            	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	
              US$75,000,000

            	 	
              135
      Bishopsgate,

              London EC2M
      3UR

            

    

     

     

    
      
        

      

    

    
      2 The
Term Loans have been repaid and the Facility A Commitments and the Facility B
Commitments have been cancelled.

       

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        109

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Part
III

    The Original Revolving
Lenders3

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Original Revolving 

              Lender

            	 	
              Revolving
      Commitment

            	 	
              Facility
      Office

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ABN AMRO Bank
      N.V.

            	 	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	 	
              250
      Bishopsgate, London EC2M 4AA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Barclays Bank
      PLC

            	 	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	 	
              5 The North
      Colonnade, Canary Wharf, London E14 4BB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Citibank,
      N.A., London

            	 	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	 	
              Citigroup
      Centre, 25 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              The Royal Bank
      of Scotland plc

               

            	 	 	
              US$250,000,000

            	 	 	
              135
      Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3UR

            

    

     

     

    
      

    

    
      3 Please
see Part I of Schedule 2 (The
Lenders) to the Syndication and Amendment Agreement for Revolving
Facility Commitments on the Syndication Date.

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          110

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    Part
IV

    The Original Dollar Swingline
Lenders4

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Original Dollar Swingline Lender

            	 	
              Swingline
      Commitment

            	 	
              Facility
      Office

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ABN AMRO Bank
      N.V.

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              540 West
      Madison Street, Suite 2621 Chicago, IL 60661, USA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Barclays Bank
      PLC

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              c/o Barclays
      Group Inc., Client Services Unit as US Dollar Funding Administrator,
      11th
      Floor, 222 Broadway, New York, NY 10038 USA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Citicorp USA,
      Inc.

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              2 Penns Way,
      New Castle DE. 19720, USA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              The Royal Bank
      of Scotland plc

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              101 Park
      Avenue, 12th
      Floor, New York, NY 10178, USA

            

    

     

     

     

      
        

      

    

    
      
         4 Please
see Part II of Schedule 2 (The
Lenders) to the Syndication and Amendment Agreement for Dollar Swingline
Commitments on the Syndication Date.

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          111

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

    

     

    Part
V

    The Original Euro Swingline Lenders5

     

    
      	
              Name
      of Original Euro 

              Swingline
      Lender

            	 	
              Swingline
      Commitment

            	 	
              Facility
      Office

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              ABN AMRO Bank
      N.V.

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              250
      Bishopsgate, London EC2M 4AA

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Barclays Bank
      PLC

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              5 The North
      Colonnade, Canary Wharf, London E14 4BB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Citibank,
      N.A., London

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              Citigroup
      Centre, 25 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              The Royal Bank
      of Scotland plc

            	 	 	
              US$62,500,000

            	 	 	
              135
      Bishopsgate, London

              EC2M
      3UR

            

    

    

     

    

      

    

       

    
      
         5 Please
see Part III of Schedule 2 (The Lenders) to the
Syndication and Amendment Agreement for Euro Swingline Commitments on the
Syndication Date.

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          112

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

    

    SCHEDULE
2

    CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT

     

    Part
I

    Conditions
precedent to initial Utilisation

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Original
      Obligors

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              A copy of the
      constitutional documents of each Original
  Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              A copy of a
      good standing certificate (including verification of tax status) with
      respect to each US Obligor, issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of
      State or other appropriate official of each US Obligor’s jurisdiction of
      incorporation or organisation.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              A copy of a
      resolution of the board of directors (or a duly appointed committee of the
      board of directors) of each Original
Obligor:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              approving the
      terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to
      which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to
      which it is a party;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it
      is a party on its behalf; and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all
      documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to
      be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
      Documents to which it is a party.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              An extract
      from a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor
      evidencing due appointment of the committee of the board of directors
      referred to in paragraph (c) above.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              A specimen of
      the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
      paragraph (c) above.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              A certificate
      of the Company (signed by a director or other authorised signatory)
      confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total
      Revolving Facility Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing
      or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be
      exceeded.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              A certificate
      of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying
      that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of
      Schedule 2 (Conditions
      precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at
      a date no earlier than the date of this
  Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Legal
      opinions

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        113

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              A legal
      opinion of Clifford Chance LLP legal advisers to the Arrangers and the
      Agents in England.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              If an Original
      Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a
      legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and Agents or the
      Company, as the case may be, in the relevant
  jurisdiction.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              Other documents and
      evidence

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              Duly executed
      Fee Letters, this Agreement and the Mandate
  Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              Evidence that
      any agent for service of process referred to in Clause 44.2 (Service of process), if
      not an Original Obligor, has accepted its
  appointment.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              The Original
      Financial Statements and interim financial statements of the
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              Evidence that
      the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause
      18 (Fees) and
      Clause 23 (Costs and
      expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation
      Date.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (e)

            	
              Any
      information that is requested by a Finance Party (acting reasonably) to
      ensure compliance with applicable “Know Your Customer”
      requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (f)

            	
              Evidence of
      cancellation of the facilities under the 2005
  Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (g)

            	
              A copy of any
      other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the
      Facility Agent considers to be reasonably necessary or desirable (if it
      has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into
      and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document
      or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance
      Document.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        114

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Part
II

    Conditions
precedent to Certain Funds Utilisation

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              Evidence that
      the Acceptance Date (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) has occurred
      or will occur on or immediately after the first Certain Funds
      Utilisation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              In relation to
      the Acquisition, projections from the combined Group financial model
      substantially in the form already
distributed.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              A copy of the
      Acquisition Documents, including a post Acquisition group structure chart
      and a sources and uses statement in a form and substance satisfactory to
      the Arrangers, acting reasonably.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              A copy of the
      shareholder circular to be sent by the Company to its shareholders
      (including, to the extent that the Acquisition is a Class 1 Acquisition
      (as defined in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority), a
      copy of a resolution of the shareholders of the Company approving the
      terms of the Acquisition, a shareholders working capital statement issued
      for the purposes of the Acquisition, and a copy of the working capital
      report) and a copy of the press release announcing that the Company’s
      shareholders have passed the resolution(s) set out in such shareholder
      circular.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              An executed
      copy of the Tender and Support
Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              An executed
      copy of the certificate from New River in respect of conditions 2(c), (d)
      and (e) as described in Annex 1 of the Acquisition
    Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              A certificate
      of the Company (signed by a director or other authorised signatory)
      confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total
      Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit
      binding on any Original Obligor to be
exceeded.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              Evidence that
      the Company has completed a rights issue or other equity issuance in an
      amount sufficient to raise gross proceeds of not less than
      £415,000,000.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        115

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    

     

    Part
III

    Conditions
precedent required to be

    delivered
by an Additional Obligor

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              An Accession
      Letter, duly executed by the Additional Obligor and the Parent
      Company.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              A copy of the
      constitutional documents of the Additional
  Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              If the
      Additional Obligor is a US Obligor, a copy of a good standing certificate
      (including verification of tax status) with respect to the Additional
      Obligor, issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other
      appropriate official of the Additional Obligor’s jurisdiction of
      incorporation or organisation.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              A copy of a
      resolution of the board of directors (or a duly appointed committee of the
      board of directors) of the Additional
Obligor:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              approving the
      terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and
      the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession
      Letter;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              authorising a
      specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all
      other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional
      Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it
      under or in connection with the Finance
  Documents.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              A specimen of
      the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
      paragraph 4 above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              A certificate
      of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director or other authorised
      signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the
      Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar
      limit binding on it to be exceeded.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              A certificate
      of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each
      copy document listed in this Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)
      is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier
      than the date of the Accession
Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              A copy of any
      other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the
      Facility Agent considers to be reasonably necessary or desirable in
      connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
      contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and
      enforceability of any Finance
Document.

            

    

     

    
      	
              9.

            	
              If available,
      the latest audited financial statements of the Additional
      Obligor.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              A legal
      opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arrangers and the
      Agents in England.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        116

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              11.

            	
              If the
      Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England
      and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the
      Agents or the Parent Company, as the case may be, in the jurisdiction in
      which the Additional Obligor is
incorporated.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.

            	
              If the
      proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than
      England and Wales, evidence that the agent for service of process
      specified in Clause 44.2 (Service of process), if
      not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed
      Additional Obligor.

            

    

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        117

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
3

    REQUESTS

     

    Part
I

    Utilisation
Request – Term Loans and Revolving Loan

     

    From:      [Borrower]

     

    To:          [Facility Agent]

     

    Dated:

     

    Dear
Sirs

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on 23 May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms
      defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request
      unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation
    Request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              We wish to
      borrow a Loan on the following
terms:

            

    

     

    
      	
              Proposed
      Utilisation Date:

            	
              [           ]
      (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
  Day)

            
	 	 
	
              Facility to be
      utilised:

            	
              [Facility
      A]/[Facility B]*/Revolving Facility*

            
	 	 
	
              Currency of
      Loan:

            	
              [           ]

            
	 	 
	
              Amount:

            	
              [      ]
      or, if less, the Available Facility

            
	 	 
	
              Interest
      Period:

            	
              [           ]

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              We confirm
      that each condition specified in Clause 4.3 (Further conditions
      precedent) of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this
      Utilisation Request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              [We confirm
      that the fees, costs and expenses due from the Company pursuant to Clause
      18 (Fees) and
      Clause 23 (Costs and
      Expenses) of the Agreement have been paid, or if not, will be paid
      out of the Amount specified in paragraph 2
  above]**

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              The proceeds
      of this Loan should be credited to
[account].

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              This
      Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        118

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    Yours
faithfully

     

    

     

    .......................................

    authorised signatory
for

    [name of relevant
Borrower]

    

     

    *
delete as appropriate

     

    **
To be included in the First Utilisation Request

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        119

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Part
II

    Utilisation
Request – Swingline Loan

     

    From:        [Borrower]

     

    To:           [Swingline Agent]

     

    Dated:

     

    Dear
Sirs

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on 23 May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms
      defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request
      unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation
    Request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              We wish to
      borrow a Swingline Loan on the following
terms:

            

    

     

    
      	
              Proposed
      Utilisation Date:

            	
              [           ]
      (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
  Day)

            
	 	 
	
              Facility to be
      utilised:

            	
              Swingline
      Facility

            
	 	 
	
              Currency of
      Loan:

            	
              [           ]

            
	 	 
	
              Amount:

            	
              [      ]
      or, if less, the Available Facility

            
	 	 
	
              Interest
      Period:

            	
              [           ]

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              We confirm
      that each condition specified in Clause 6.4 (Swingline Lenders’
      participation) of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this
      Utilisation Request.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              The proceeds
      of this Swingline Loan should be credited to
  [account].

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              This
      Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

            

    

     

     

    Yours
faithfully

     

    

     

    .......................................

    authorised signatory
for

    [name of relevant
Borrower]

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        120

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
4

    MANDATORY
COST FORMULAE

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              The Mandatory
      Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the
      cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or
      the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority
      which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the
      European Central Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              On the first
      day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the
      Facility Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”)
      for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out
      below.  The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Facility
      Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates
      (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in
      the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per
      annum.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              The Additional
      Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating
      Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the
      Facility Agent.  This percentage will be certified by that
      Lender in its notice to the Facility Agent to be its reasonable
      determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s
      participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying
      with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in
      respect of loans made from that Facility
Office.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              The Additional
      Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United
      Kingdom will be calculated by the Facility Agent as
    follows:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              in relation to
      a sterling Loan:

            

    

     

     per cent. per annum

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              in relation to
      a Loan in any currency other than
sterling:

            

    

     

     per cent. per annum.

     

    Where:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              A

            	
              is the
      percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any
      stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to
      maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England
      to comply with cash ratio
requirements.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              B

            	
              is the
      percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost
      and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest
      specified in sub-clause 15.3.1 of Clause 15.3 (Default interest))
      payable for the relevant Interest Period on the
  Loan.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        121

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              C

            	
              is the
      percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required
      from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with
      the Bank of England.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              D

            	
              is the
      percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Facility
      Agent on interest bearing Special
Deposits.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              E

            	
              is designed to
      compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is
      calculated by the Facility Agent as being the average of the most recent
      rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Facility Agent
      pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per
      £1,000,000.

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              For the
      purposes of this Schedule:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              “Eligible Liabilities”
      and “Special
      Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under
      or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by
      the Bank of England;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              “Fees Rules” means the
      rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such
      other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of
      the payment of fees for the acceptance of
  deposits;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              “Fee Tariffs” means the
      fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1
      Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required
      pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount
      rate); and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (d)

            	
              “Tariff Base” has the
      meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the
      Fees Rules.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              In application
      of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as
      percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not
      as 0.05).  A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B
      shall be taken as zero.  The resulting figures shall be rounded
      to four decimal places.

            

    

     

    
      	
              7.

            	
              If requested
      by the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable
      after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the
      Facility Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the
      Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the
      relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated
      for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee
      Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and
      expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference
      Bank.

            

    

     

    
      	
              8.

            	
              Each Lender
      shall supply any information required by the Facility Agent for the
      purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate.  In particular,
      but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information
      on or prior to the date on which it becomes a
  Lender:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              the
      jurisdiction of its Facility Office;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              any other
      information that the Facility Agent may reasonably require for such
      purpose.

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        122

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    Each Lender shall
promptly notify the Facility Agent of any change to the information provided by
it pursuant to this paragraph.

     

    
      	
              9.

            	
              The
      percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates
      of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be
      determined by the Facility Agent based upon the information supplied to it
      pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a
      Lender notifies the Facility Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s
      obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are
      the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation
      with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility
      Office.

            

    

     

    
      	
              10.

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results
      in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and
      shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or
      Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct
      in all respects.

            

    

     

    
      	
              11.

            	
              The Facility
      Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the
      Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for
      each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each
      Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8
  above.

            

    

     

    
      	
              12.

            	
              Any
      determination by the Facility Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation
      to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount
      payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive
      and binding on all Parties.

            

    

     

    
      	
              13.

            	
              The Facility
      Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Parent Company
      and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which
      are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any
      change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by
      the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European
      Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or
      any of its functions), such changes being consistent with any generally
      accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market,
      and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest or proven
      error, be conclusive and binding on all
Parties.

            

    

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        123

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
5

    FORM
OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     

    To:           
[            ] as
Facility Agent

     

    
      	
              From:

            	
              [The Existing Lender]
      (the “Existing
      Lender”) and [The
      New Lender] (the “New
    Lender”)

            

    

     

    Dated:

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on 23 May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is a Transfer Certificate.  Terms
      defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer
      Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer
      Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              We refer to
      Clause 30.5 (Procedure
      for transfer) of the
Agreement:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              The Existing
      Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the
      New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment,
      rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with
      Clause 30.5 (Procedure
      for transfer) of the
Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              The proposed
      Transfer Date is
      [            ].

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (c)

            	
              The Facility
      Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the
      New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) of the
      Agreement are set out in the
Schedule.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              The New Lender
      expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s
      obligations set out in sub-clause 30.4.3 of Clause 30.4 (Limitation of responsibility
      of Existing Lenders) of the
Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              The New Lender
      confirms that [it is a Qualifying Lender] [it is not a Qualifying
      Lender].6

            

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              This Transfer
      Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the
      same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy
      of this Transfer Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              This Transfer
      Certificate is governed by English
law.

            

    

     

    

      

    

    
      
        6 Delete
as applicable

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          124

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

    

    THE
SCHEDULE

    Commitment/rights
and obligations to be transferred

     

    [insert relevant
details]

     

    [Facility Office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for
payments]

     

    
      	
              [Existing
      Lender]

            	
              [New
      Lender]

            
	 	 
	
              By:

            	
              By:

            

    

     

    This Transfer
Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed
as
[           ].

     

    [Facility
Agent]

     

    By:

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        125

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
6

    FORM
OF ACCESSION LETTER

     

    To:           [  ]
as Facility Agent

     

    From:      [Subsidiary] and [Parent Company]

     

    Dated:

     

    Dear
Sirs

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on 23 May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is an Accession Letter.  Terms
      defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter
      unless given a different meaning in this Accession
  Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              [Subsidiary] agrees to
      become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms
      of the Agreement as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to
      Clause [31.2 (Additional
      Borrowers)]/[Clause 31.4 (Additional Guarantors)]
      of the Agreement.  [Subsidiary] is a
      company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant
      jurisdiction].

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              [Subsidiary’s]
      administrative details are as
follows:

            

    

     

    Address:

     

    Fax No:

     

    Attention:

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              This Accession
      Letter is governed by English law.

            

    

     

    [5.           This
Guarantor Accession Letter is entered into by a deed.]

     

    
      	
              [Parent Company]

            	
              [Subsidiary]

            

    

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        126

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
7

    FORM
OF RESIGNATION LETTER

     

    To:           [  ]
as Facility Agent

     

    From:      [resigning Obligor] and [Parent Company]

     

    Dated:

     

    Dear
Sirs

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on [] May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms
      defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter
      unless given a different meaning in this Resignation
    Letter.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              Pursuant to
      [Clause 31.3 (Resignation of a
      Borrower)]/[Clause 31.6 (Resignation of a
      Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be
      released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the
      Agreement.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              We confirm
      that:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              no default is
      continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              [                     ]

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              This
      Resignation Letter is governed by English
law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              [Parent Company]

            	
              [Subsidiary]

            
	 	 
	
              By:

            	
              By:

            

    

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        127

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
8

    FORM
OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     

    To:           [           ]
as Facility Agent

     

    From:     [Parent Company]

     

    Dated:

     

    Dear
Sirs

     

    Shire
Limited – US$1,200,000,000 Multi-Currency Term and Revolving Facilities
Agreement 

    dated
20 February 2007, as amended and restated on 19 July 2007 and as further amended
and 

    restated
on [] May 2008 (the “Agreement”)

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We refer to
      the Agreement.  This is a Compliance
      Certificate.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same
      meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different
      meaning in this Compliance
Certificate.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              We confirm
      that:

            

    

     

    [insert details of financial
covenants and whether the Borrower is in compliance with those
covenants]

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              [We confirm
      that no Default is continuing.]

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              We confirm
      that the Ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA is [•]:1, and that therefore the
      Facility A Margin should be [•] per cent. and the Revolving Facility
      Margin should be [•] per cent..

            

    

     

    

     

    
      	
              Signed:  ..........................

            	
              Signed:  ..........................

            
	
              Director

            	
              Director

            
	
              of

            	
              of

            
	
              [Parent Company]

            	
              [Parent
      Company]

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        128

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
9

    EXISTING
SECURITY

     

    
      	
              Name
      of member of the 

              Group

            	 	
              Security

            	 	
              Total
      Principal Amount of 

              Indebtedness
      Secured

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      LLC

            	 	 	
              Money Market
      Fund Account with STI Classic Funds, collateral against equipment
      leases

            	 	 	
              US$5,699,619

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SPG Insurance
      Company Ltd.

            	 	 	
              Liquidity Fund
      account with Barclays Global Investors, collateral against Letter of
      Credit issued by Barclays in favour of Zurich Insurance

            	 	 	
              US$15,264,853

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Italy
      S.p.A.

            	 	 	
              Deposit
      Collateral for car leasing arrangement

            	 	 	
              EUR201,074

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Iberia SL

            	 	 	
              Deposit
      Collateral against miscellaneous rental, lease and other
      obligations

            	 	 	
              EUR127,030

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire France
      S.A.

            	 	 	
              Deposit
      Collateral against office rent and sub-contractor
    obligations

            	 	 	
              EUR132,226

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG

            	 	 	
              Deposit
      Collateral against office rent obligations

            	 	 	
              EUR61,804

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Holdings
      AG

            	 	 	
              Deposit
      Collateral against office rent obligations

            	 	 	
              CHF10,699

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Transkaryotic
      or any of its Subsidiaries

            	 	 	
              Marketable
      Securities totalling US$7,821,790 collateral for letters of credit over
      lease obligations

            	 	 	
              US$7,821,790

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Human
      Genetic Therapies Srl

            	 	 	
              Research Grant
      guarantee

            	 	 	
              EUR
      422,395.25

            

    

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        129

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
10

    EXISTING
LOANS

     

    
      	
              Name
      of member of the Group

            	 	
              Loan

            	 	
              Total
      Principal Amount of 

              Existing
      Loans

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      LLC

            	 	 	
              Loan Facility
      between Shire LLC and ID Biomedical Corporation

            	 	 	
              US$43,103,041

            

    

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        130

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
11

    EXISTING
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS

     

    
      	
              Name
      of member of the Group

            	 	
              Financial
      Indebtedness

            	 	
              Total
      Principal Amount of 

              Existing
      Financial 

              Indebtedness

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire
      Pharmaceuticals Inc.

            	 	 	
              Counter
      Indemnity from Shire Pharmaceuticals Inc. to PNC Bank, NA for US$68,824
      Stand-by Letter of Credit ref: 18101044-00-000 in favour of Tredyffrin
      Township

            	 	 	
              US$6,257

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SPG Insurance
      Company Ltd.

            	 	 	
              Liquidity Fund
      account with Barclays Global Investors, collateral against Letter of
      Credit issued by Barclays in favour of Zurich Insurance

            	 	 	
              US$15,264,853

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Transkaryotic
      or any of its Subsidiaries

            	 	 	
              Marketable
      Securities totalling US$7,821,790 collateral for letters of credit over
      lease obligations

            	 	 	
              US$7,821,790

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              New
      River

            	 	 	
              US$137,750,000
      3.50% Convertible Notes due 2013

            	 	 	
              US$137,750,000

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Shire Limited
      (substituted in place of Shire plc as principal obligor at the Effective
      Time)

               

               

            	 	 	
              US$1,100,000,000
      2.75% Convertible Bonds due 2014

               

            	 	 	
              US$1,100,000,000

            

    

     

    
 

    
      
        
        

      

      
        131

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
12

     FORM
OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

     

    CONFIDENTIALITY
AGREEMENT

     

    DATED:

     

    PARTIES:

     

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              [  ]
      (“Discloser”);
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              [  ]
      (“Recipient”).

            

    

     

    RECITALS:

     

    The Discloser is
willing to disclose to the Recipient and the Recipient wishes to receive certain
Confidential Information (as defined below) for the Purpose (as defined below)
on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

     

    OPERATIVE
PROVISIONS:

     

    
      	
              1.

            	
              DEFINITIONS

            

    

     

    
      	
              1.1

            	
              In this
      Agreement:

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              Affiliates

            	
              means any company or other entity
      which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
      control with a Party, where ‘control’ means the ownership of more than 50
      per cent. of the issued share capital or other equity interest or the
      legal power to direct or cause the direction of the general management and
      policies of such Party, company or other
  entity;

            

    

     

    
      	
            	
              Confidential
      Information

            	
              means all information, data and
      any other material relating to Shire’s and its Affiliates’ business,
      projects or products, being
information:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (i)

            	
              disclosed by the Discloser or its
      Representatives to the Recipient or its Representatives or acquired
      directly or indirectly from the Discloser or its Representatives by the
      Recipient or its Representatives in each case for the purposes of or in
      connection with the Purpose and whether in written, electronic, oral,
      visual or other form;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (ii)

            	
              generated by way of any analysis,
      compilations, data studies or other documents prepared by the Recipient or
      its Representatives containing, reflecting or based in whole or in part on
      information referred to in (i) above;
and

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        132

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (iii)

            	
              regarding the existence, nature or
      status of any discussions between the Parties or their Representatives
      with respect to the Purpose, including the existence and terms of this
      Agreement;

            

    

     

    Confidential Information shall
not include information, data and any other
material that:

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (a)

            	
              is public knowledge at the time of
      disclosure under this Agreement or which subsequently becomes public
      knowledge (other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement or other
      fault on the part of the Recipient or its Representatives);
      or

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              (b)

            	
              was lawfully in the possession of
      the Recipient or its Representatives prior to its disclosure under this
      Agreement or which subsequently comes into its or their possession from a
      third party (to the best of its or their knowledge having made due
      enquiry, otherwise than in breach of any obligation of confidentiality
      owed to the Discloser or its Representatives, either directly or
      indirectly);

            

    

     

    
      	
              Party and
      Parties

            	
              means
      respectively the Discloser or the Recipient or, as the case may be, both
      such parties;

            

    

     

    
      	
              Purpose

            	
              means the use of the Confidential
      Information to allow [the Parties to discuss the possibility of the
      Recipient acquiring] / [the Recipient to acquire]7 an interest in a financial
      facility to Shire;

            

    

     

    
      	
              Representatives

            	
              means the Affiliates of each Party
      and the directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys
      and advisors of each Party and each Party’s Affiliates;
      and

            

    

     

    
      	
              Shire

            	
              means Shire Limited, a
      company incorporated in
      Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number
      99854.

            

    

     

    
      

        

      

      
        
          7 Delete
as appropriate

        

         

        
          
            
            

          

          
            133

            
              

            

          

          
            
            

          

        

      

    

     

    
      	
              1.2

            	
              In this
      Agreement, unless the context otherwise
  requires:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              1.2.1

            	
              references to
      “persons” includes individuals, bodies corporate (wherever incorporated),
      unincorporated associations and
partnerships;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              1.2.2

            	
              the headings
      are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of
      the Agreement;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              1.2.3

            	
              references to
      one gender includes both genders;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              1.2.4

            	
              a “Party”
      includes references to that party’s successors and permitted
      assigns.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.

            	
              USE AND
      NON-DISCLOSURE

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.1

            	
              Subject to the
      terms of this Agreement, in consideration of the disclosure of the
      Confidential Information by or on behalf of the Discloser to the Recipient
      or its Representatives, the Recipient
  undertakes:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.1.1

            	
              not to use the
      Confidential Information nor allow it to be used by its Representatives
      for any purpose other than the Purpose and to cease to use it upon request
      by the Discloser;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.1.2

            	
              to treat and
      maintain the Confidential Information in strict confidence and not to
      directly or indirectly communicate or disclose it in any way to any other
      person without the Discloser’s express prior written consent, except to
      such of the Recipient’s Representatives who reasonably require access to
      the Confidential Information for the Purpose and who are notified of the
      terms of this Agreement and who owe a duty of confidence to the Recipient
      in respect the Confidential
Information;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.1.3

            	
              to assume
      responsibility and liability for any breach of the terms of this Agreement
      by any of the Recipient’s Representatives (or actions which would amount
      to such a breach if the same were party to this Agreement) who have access
      to the Confidential Information;
and

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.1.4

            	
              to take all
      reasonable measures and appropriate safeguards commensurate with those
      which the Recipient employs for the protection of its confidential
      information (and to procure that all such steps are taken by its
      Representatives) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential
      Information, to copy the Confidential Information only to the extent
      reasonably necessary to achieve the Purpose and not to permit unsupervised
      copying of the Confidential
Information.

            

    

     

    
      	
              2.2

            	
              No disclosure
      or announcement to any third party of the Confidential Information may be
      made by the Recipient or on its behalf except
  where:

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.2.1

            	
              such
      disclosure is compelled by a court of law, statute, regulation or
      securities exchange;

            

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.2.2

            	
              the Discloser
      has, where practicable, been given sufficient written notice in advance to
      enable it to seek protection or confidential treatment of such
      Confidential Information; and

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        134

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
               
      

            	
              2.2.3

            	
              such
      disclosure is limited to the extent actually so
  required.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.

            	
              RIGHTS TO CONFIDENTIAL
      INFORMATION

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.1

            	
              The Recipient
      acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement is intended to amount to or
      implies any transfer, licence or other grant of rights in relation to the
      Confidential Information or any other patents, design rights, trade marks,
      copyrights or other intellectual property rights owned or used by the
      Discloser.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.2

            	
              The Discloser
      and its Representatives give no warranty as to the completeness,
      sufficiency or accuracy of the Confidential Information and accept no
      liability howsoever arising from the Recipient’s or its Representatives’
      use of the Confidential Information.  Accordingly, neither the
      Discloser nor its Representatives shall be liable for any direct, indirect
      or consequential loss or damage suffered by any person howsoever arising,
      whether in contract or tort, as a result of relying on any statement
      contained in or omitted from the Confidential Information.  For
      the avoidance of doubt this clause is without prejudice to the express
      terms of any agreement entered into by the Discloser and/or its
      Representatives in connection with the
Purpose.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.3

            	
              Nothing in
      this Agreement shall be or be construed as being an agreement between the
      Parties or any of their respective Affiliates to enter into any
      arrangement or further agreement relating to the subject matter of this
      Agreement, any such arrangement or agreement being the subject of separate
      negotiations.

            

    

     

    
      	
              3.4

            	
              The Recipient
      acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information and all copies
      thereof shall be and remain the exclusive property of the
      Discloser.  The Recipient shall or shall procure, on the
      Discloser’s request and at the Discloser’s option, either the destruction
      or return of the Confidential Information, without retaining any copies,
      extracts or other reproductions in whole or in part thereof other than to
      the extent required to be retained for legal or regulatory purposes (in
      respect of which the Recipient shall remain under an ongoing duty of
      confidence).  On the Discloser’s request, all Confidential
      Information comprising analyses, compilations, data studies or other
      documents prepared by the Recipient or its Representatives containing or
      based in whole or in part on the Confidential Information received from
      the Discloser or reflecting the Recipient’s view of such Confidential
      Information shall be destroyed by the Recipient save to the extent
      required to be retained for legal or regulatory purposes (in respect of
      which the Recipient shall remain under an ongoing duty of
      confidence).  Upon request, such return and/or destruction shall
      be certified in writing to the Discloser by an authorised officer of the
      Recipient supervising such destruction or
  return.

            

    

     

    
      	
              4.

            	
              REMEDIES

            

    

     

    Due to the
proprietary nature of the Confidential Information, the Parties understand and
agree that the Discloser or its Affiliates may suffer irreparable harm in the
event that the Recipient fails to comply with any of the obligations contained
herein and that monetary damages alone may not be an adequate remedy to
compensate the Discloser or its Affiliates for such
breach.  Accordingly, the Parties agree that the Discloser or any of
its Affiliates, as appropriate, shall be entitled to seek the remedies of
injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief for any threatened
or actual breach of the obligations contained in this Agreement.

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        135

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    
      	
              5.

            	
              DURATION

            

    

     

    The term of this
Agreement shall be for a period of three years from the date of disclosure under
this Agreement.

     

    
      	
              6.

            	
              OTHER
      PROVISIONS

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.1

            	
              Any variation
      to this Agreement is only valid if it is in writing and signed by or on
      behalf of each Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.2

            	
              This Agreement
      may not be assigned by a Party without the prior written consent of the
      other Party.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.3

            	
              Any delay or
      failure by the Discloser in exercising any right, power or privilege under
      this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right, power or
      privilege nor shall any single or partial exercise preclude any future
      exercise.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.4

            	
              The rights and
      remedies of each of the Parties under or pursuant to this Agreement are
      cumulative, may be exercised as often as such Party considers appropriate
      and are in addition to its rights and remedies under general
      law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.5

            	
              The provisions
      of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the
      provisions hereof are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
      invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions
      shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by
      law.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.6

            	
              A person who
      is not a party to this Agreement other than the Discloser’s Affiliate
      shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
      to enforce any of its terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      this Agreement may be varied or terminated by agreement in writing between
      the Parties or this Agreement may be rescinded (in each case) without the
      consent of any such Affiliates.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.7

            	
              This Agreement
      may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed
      to be an original copy of the Agreement, and all of which, when taken
      together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
      agreement.  Signatures to this Agreement transmitted by
      facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in “portable document format”
      (“.pdf”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the
      original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the
      same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing the
      original signature.

            

    

     

    
      	
              6.8

            	
              This Agreement
      shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and
      subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English
    courts.

            

    

     

    
      	
              Signed for and
      on behalf
      of             
      )

              [
      ]                                                      )

                                 
                               
      )

            	
              ________________________________

              Signature

               

              ________________________________

              Print
      Name

               

              ________________________________

              Print
      Title

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        136

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

     

    
      	
              Signed for and
      on behalf
      of            
      )

              [
      ]                                                     )

                                                    
            )

               

               

            	
              ________________________________

              Signature

               

              ________________________________

              Print
      Name

               

              ________________________________

              Print
      Title

            

    

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        137

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SCHEDULE
13

    TIMETABLES

     

    Revolving
and Term Loans

     

    
      	 
    	 	
              Loans
      in euro

            	 	
              Loans
      in domestic sterling

            	 	
              Loans
      in dollars

            	 	
              Loans
      in other currencies

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Facility Agent
      notifies the Parent Company if a currency is approved as an Optional
      Currency in accordance with Clause 4.4 (Conditions relating to
      Optional Currencies)

            	 	
              -

            	 	
              -

            	 	 
    	 	
              U-4

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Delivery of a
      duly completed Utilisation Request 

              (Clause 5.1
      (Delivery of a
      Utilisation Request))

            	 	
              U-3

               

              2.00pm

            	 	
              U

               

              9.30am

            	 	
              U-1

               

              2.00pm

            	 	
              U-3

               

              2.00pm

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Facility Agent
      determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the
      Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’
      participation)

            	 	
              U-3

               

              3.30pm

            	 	
              U

               

              10.00am

            	 	
              U-1

               

              3.30pm

            	 	
              U-3

               

              3.30pm

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Facility Agent
      notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’
      participation)

            	 	
              U-3

               

              5.00pm

            	 	
              U

               

              10.30am

            	 	
              U-1

               

              3.30pm

            	 	
              U-3

               

              5.00pm

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              LIBOR is
      fixed

            	 	
              Quotation Day
      as of 11:00 a.m. London time

            	 	
              Quotation Day
      as of 11:00 a.m.

            	 	
              Quotation Day
      as of 11:00 a.m.

            	 	
              Quotation Day
      as of 11:00 a.m.

            

    

     

    Swingline
Loans

     

    
      	 
    	 	
              Loans
      in euro

            	
              Loans
      in dollars

            
	 	 	 	 
	
              Delivery of a
      duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 6.2 (Delivery of a Utilisation
      Request for Swingline Loans))

            	 	
              U

               

              10.00am

            	
              U

               

              11.00am (New
      York time)

            
	 	 	 	 
	
              Swingline
      Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount
      of the Swingline Loan, if required under Clause 6.4 

            	 	
              U

               

              11.00am

            	
              U

               

              1.00pm (New
      York time)

            

    

     

    
      
        
        

      

      
        138

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

    
       

      
        	
                (Swingline Lenders’
      participation) and notifies each Swingline Lender of the amount of
      its participation in the Swingline Loan under Clause 6.4 (Swingline Lenders’
      participation)

              	 	
                 

              	
                 

              

      

    

     

    “U” = date of
Utilisation

     

    “U – X” = X Business
Days prior to date of Utilisation

     

    

    
      
        
        

      

      
        139

        
          

        

      

      
        
        

      

    

     

    SIGNATURES

     

    
      SHIRE
PLC

       

      
        	By: 
      ANGUS
      RUSSELL
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Hampshire
      International Business Park

              
	 
    	
                Chineham

              
	 
    	
                Basingstoke

              
	 
    	
                Hampshire RG24
      8ED

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                Group
      Treasurer (copy to Legal Department)

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)1256
      894713

              

      

      

       

      The
Original Borrower

       

      SHIRE
PLC

       

      
        	By: 
      ANGUS
      RUSSELL
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Hampshire
      International Business Park

              
	 
    	
                Chineham

              
	 
    	
                Basingstoke

              
	 
    	
                Hampshire RG24
      8ED

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                Group
      Treasurer (copy to Legal Department)

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)1256
      894713

              

      

      

       

      The
Original Guarantor

       

      SHIRE
PLC

       

      
        	By: 
      ANGUS
      RUSSELL
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Hampshire
      International Business Park

              
	 
    	
                Chineham

              
	 
    	
                Basingstoke

              
	 
    	
                Hampshire RG24
      8ED

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                Group
      Treasurer (copy to Legal Department)

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)1256
      894713

              

      

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          140

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

      

       

      
        	
                The
      Arrangers

              
	 
	
                ABN
      AMRO BANK N.V.

              
	 	 
	By:
       KEVIN
      LOVELL
	 	 
	By:
       NICHOLAS
      CLARK
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                250
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      4AA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      7022

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      6070

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      CAPITAL

              
	 
	By: 
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              
	 	 
	 	 
	 
    	 
    
	
                CITIGROUP
      GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

              
	 	 
	By:
       PAUL
      GIBBS
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Citigroup
      Centre

              
	 
    	
                33 Canada
      Square

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5LB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      2669

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      4329

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          141

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                THE
      ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      VICTORIA
      READ
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                135
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      3UR

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8732

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      5143

              
	 	 
	 	 
	 
    	 
    
	
                The
      Original Term Lenders

              
	 
	
                ABN
      AMRO BANK N.V.

              
	 
	By: 
      KEVIN
      LOVELL
	 
	By: 
      NICHOLAS
      CLARK
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                250
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      4AA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      7022

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      6070

              
	 	 
	 	 
	 
    	 
    
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By:
       JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          142

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                CITIBANK,
      N.A., LONDON

              
	 
	By:
       PAUL
      GIBBS
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Citigroup
      Centre

              
	 
    	
                33 Canada
      Square

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5LB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      2669

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      4329

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                THE
      ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

              
	 	 
	By: 
      VICTORIA
      READ
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                135
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      3UR

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8732

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      5143

              
	 
    	 
    
	 	 
	 	 
	
                The
      Original Revolving Lenders

              
	 
	
                ABN
      AMRO BANK N.V.

              
	 	 
	By:
       KEVIN
      LOVELL
	 	 
	By:
       NICHOLAS
      CLARK
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                250
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      4AA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      7022

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      6070

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          143

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                CITIBANK,
      N.A., LONDON

              
	 
	By: 
      PAUL
      GIBBS
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Citigroup
      Centre

              
	 
    	
                33 Canada
      Square

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5LB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      2669

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      4329

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                THE
      ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

              
	 
	By:
       VICTORIA
      READ
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                135
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      3UR

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8810

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8732

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          144

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                The
      Original Dollar Swingline Lenders

              
	 
	
                ABN
      AMRO BANK N.V.

              
	 
	By:
       KEVIN
      LOVELL
	 
	By:
       NICHOLAS
      CLARK
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                250
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      4AA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      7022

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      6070

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                c/o Barclays
      Group Inc.

              
	 
    	
                Client
      Services Unit as US Dollar Funding Administrator

              
	 
    	
                11th
      Floor, 222 Broadway

              
	 
    	
                New York, NY
      10038

              
	 
    	
                USA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                CITICORP
      USA, INC.

              
	 
	By: 
      PAUL
      GIBBS
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                2 Penns
      Way,

              
	 
    	
                New Castle DE.
      19720

              
	 
    	
                USA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +1 302 894
      6109

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +1 212 994
      0847

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          145

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                THE
      ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      VICTORIA
      READ
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                135
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      3UR

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8810

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8732

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                The
      Original Euro Swingline Lenders

              
	 
	
                ABN
      AMRO BANK N.V.

              
	 
	By:
       KEVIN
      LOVELL
	 
	By:
       NICHOLAS
      CLARK
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                250
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      4AA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      7022

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 678
      6070

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              

      

      

      
        
          
          

        

        
          146

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                CITIBANK,
      N.A., LONDON

              
	 
	By:
      PAUL
      GIBBS
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                Citigroup
      Centre

              
	 
    	
                33 Canada
      Square

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5LB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      2669

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 986
      4329

              
	 	 
	 	 
	 
    	 
    
	
                THE
      ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

              
	 
	By:
      VICTORIA
      READ
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                135
      Bishopsgate

              
	 
    	
                London EC2M
      3UR

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8810

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 085
      8732

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                The
      Facility Agent

              
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By:
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              

      

       

      
        
          
          

        

        
          147

          
            

          

        

        
          
          

        

      

       

      
        	
                The
      Dollar Swingline Agent

              
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By: 
      JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                c/o Barclays
      Group Inc.

              
	 
    	
                Client
      Services Unit as US Dollar Funding Administrator

              
	 
    	
                11th
      Floor, 222 Broadway

              
	 
    	
                New York, NY
      10038

              
	 
    	
                USA

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              
	 
    	 
    
	 
	 
	
                The
      Euro Swingline Agent

              
	 
	
                BARCLAYS
      BANK PLC

              
	 
	By:
       JOHN
      LOOMES
	 	 
	
                Address:

              	
                5 The North
      Colonnade

              
	 
    	
                Canary
      Wharf

              
	 
    	
                London E14
      5BB

              
	 	 
	
                Contact:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      2360

              
	 	 
	
                Facsimile:

              	
                +44 (0)207 773
      1572

              

      

      

       

      148

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00142-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00142-of-00352.parquet"}]]